]> git.proxmox.com Git - mirror_ubuntu-jammy-kernel.git/blame - include/net/mac80211.h
mac80211: Fix PTK rekey freezes and clear text leak
[mirror_ubuntu-jammy-kernel.git] / include / net / mac80211.h
CommitLineData
f0706e82 1/*
3017b80b
JB
2 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
f0706e82
JB
4 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
026331c4 6 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
d98ad83e 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
e38a017b 8 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
94ba9271 9 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
f0706e82
JB
10 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#ifndef MAC80211_H
17#define MAC80211_H
18
187f1882 19#include <linux/bug.h>
f0706e82
JB
20#include <linux/kernel.h>
21#include <linux/if_ether.h>
22#include <linux/skbuff.h>
f0706e82 23#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
f0706e82 24#include <net/cfg80211.h>
5caa328e 25#include <net/codel.h>
41cbb0f5 26#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
42d98795 27#include <asm/unaligned.h>
f0706e82 28
75a5f0cc
JB
29/**
30 * DOC: Introduction
31 *
32 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
33 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
34 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
35 * drivers.
36 */
37
38/**
39 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
40 *
41 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
f0706e82
JB
42 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
43 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
44 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
2485f710
JB
45 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
46 * tasklet function.
47 *
48 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
6ef307bc 49 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
f0706e82
JB
50 */
51
75a5f0cc
JB
52/**
53 * DOC: Warning
54 *
55 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
56 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
57 */
58
59/**
60 * DOC: Frame format
61 *
62 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
63 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
64 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
65 * hardware.
66 *
67 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
68 *
69 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
70 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
71 *
72 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
73 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
f0706e82
JB
74 */
75
42935eca
LR
76/**
77 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
78 *
79 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
80 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
81 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
82 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
83 *
84 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
85 * suspend.
86 *
87 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
88 *
89 */
90
ba8c3d6f
FF
91/**
92 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
93 *
94 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
95 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
96 * between different stations/interfaces.
97 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
98 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
99 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
100 *
101 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
102 * driver operation.
103 *
adf8ed01
JB
104 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
105 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
106 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
ba8c3d6f
FF
107 *
108 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
109 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
110 *
e7881bd5
JB
111 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame, it calls
112 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it
113 * calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
ba8c3d6f
FF
114 *
115 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
116 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
117 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
118 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
119 * .release_buffered_frames().
120 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
121 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
122 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
123 */
124
313162d0
PG
125struct device;
126
e100bb64
JB
127/**
128 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
129 *
130 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
445ea4e8 131 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
e100bb64
JB
132 */
133enum ieee80211_max_queues {
3a25a8c8 134 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
445ea4e8 135 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
e100bb64
JB
136};
137
3a25a8c8
JB
138#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
139
4bce22b9
JB
140/**
141 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
142 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
143 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
144 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
146 */
147enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
148 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
149 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
150 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
151 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
152};
153
6b301cdf
JB
154/**
155 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
156 *
157 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
3330d7be 158 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
6b301cdf 159 *
e37d4dff 160 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
f434b2d1
JB
161 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
162 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
6b301cdf 163 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
3330d7be 164 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
908f8d07 165 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
9d173fc5 166 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
41cbb0f5
LC
167 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
168 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
6b301cdf 169 */
f0706e82 170struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
f434b2d1 171 u16 txop;
3330d7be
JB
172 u16 cw_min;
173 u16 cw_max;
f434b2d1 174 u8 aifs;
908f8d07 175 bool acm;
ab13315a 176 bool uapsd;
41cbb0f5
LC
177 bool mu_edca;
178 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
f0706e82
JB
179};
180
f0706e82
JB
181struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
182 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
183 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
184 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
185 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
186};
187
d01a1e65
MK
188/**
189 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
4bf88530 190 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
04ecd257 191 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
164eb02d 192 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
73da7d5b
SW
193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
194 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
21f659bf 195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
d01a1e65
MK
196 */
197enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
4bf88530 198 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
04ecd257 199 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
164eb02d 200 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
73da7d5b 201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
21f659bf 202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
d01a1e65
MK
203};
204
205/**
206 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
207 *
208 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
209 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
210 *
4bf88530 211 * @def: the channel definition
21f659bf 212 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
04ecd257
JB
213 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
214 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
215 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
216 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
5d7fad48 217 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
164eb02d 218 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
d01a1e65
MK
219 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
220 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
221 */
222struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
4bf88530 223 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
21f659bf 224 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
d01a1e65 225
04ecd257
JB
226 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
227
164eb02d
SW
228 bool radar_enabled;
229
1c06ef98 230 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
d01a1e65
MK
231};
232
1a5f0c13
LC
233/**
234 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
235 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
236 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
237 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
239 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
240 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
241 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
242 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
243 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
244 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
245 * for changes/removal.)
246 */
247enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
248 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
249 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
250};
251
252/**
253 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
254 *
255 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
256 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
257 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
258 * done.
259 *
260 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
261 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
262 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
263 */
264struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
265 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
266 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
267 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
268};
269
471b3efd
JB
270/**
271 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
272 *
273 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
274 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
275 *
276 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
277 * also implies a change in the AID.
278 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
9f1ba906 280 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
38668c05 281 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
96dd22ac 282 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
57c4d7b4 283 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
2d0ddec5
JB
284 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
285 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
287 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
288 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
289 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
a97c13c3 290 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
8fc214ba 291 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
68542962 292 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
4ced3f74
JB
293 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
294 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
7da7cc1d 295 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
0ca54f6c 296 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
02945821 297 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
ab095877 298 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
1ea6f9c0 299 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
488dd7b5 300 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
52cfa1d6 301 * changed
989c6505
AB
302 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
303 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
2c9b7359
JB
304 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
305 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
306 * context had been assigned.
239281f8 307 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
23a1f8d4 308 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
e38a017b
AS
309 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
310 * keep alive) changed.
dcbe73ca
PKC
311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
312 *
471b3efd
JB
313 */
314enum ieee80211_bss_change {
315 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
316 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
317 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
9f1ba906 318 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
a7ce1c94 319 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
96dd22ac 320 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
57c4d7b4 321 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
2d0ddec5
JB
322 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
323 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
324 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
a97c13c3 325 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
8fc214ba 326 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
68542962 327 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
4ced3f74 328 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
7da7cc1d 329 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
7827493b 330 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
02945821 331 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
ab095877 332 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
1ea6f9c0 333 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
488dd7b5 334 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
989c6505 335 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
2c9b7359 336 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
239281f8 337 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
23a1f8d4 338 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
e38a017b 339 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
dcbe73ca 340 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
ac8dd506
JB
341
342 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
471b3efd
JB
343};
344
68542962
JO
345/*
346 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
347 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
348 * filtering will be disabled.
349 */
350#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
351
615f7b9b 352/**
a8182929
EG
353 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
354 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
a9409093 355 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
6382246e 356 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
b497de63
EG
357 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
358 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
359 * once each time the timeout triggers.
615f7b9b 360 */
a8182929
EG
361enum ieee80211_event_type {
362 RSSI_EVENT,
a9409093 363 MLME_EVENT,
6382246e 364 BAR_RX_EVENT,
b497de63 365 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
a8182929
EG
366};
367
368/**
369 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
370 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
371 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
372 */
373enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
615f7b9b
MV
374 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
375 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
376};
377
a8182929 378/**
a839e463 379 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
a8182929
EG
380 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
381 */
382struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
383 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
384};
385
a9409093
EG
386/**
387 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
388 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
d0d1a12f 389 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
a90faa9d
EG
390 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
391 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
a9409093
EG
392 */
393enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
394 AUTH_EVENT,
d0d1a12f 395 ASSOC_EVENT,
a90faa9d
EG
396 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
397 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
a9409093
EG
398};
399
400/**
401 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
402 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
403 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
404 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
405 */
406enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
407 MLME_SUCCESS,
408 MLME_DENIED,
409 MLME_TIMEOUT,
410};
411
412/**
a839e463 413 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
a9409093
EG
414 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
415 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
416 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
417 */
418struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
419 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
420 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
421 u16 reason;
422};
423
6382246e
EG
424/**
425 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
426 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
427 * @tid: the tid
b497de63 428 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
6382246e
EG
429 */
430struct ieee80211_ba_event {
431 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
432 u16 tid;
433 u16 ssn;
434};
435
a8182929
EG
436/**
437 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
a839e463 438 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
a8182929 439 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
a9409093 440 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
b497de63 441 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
6382246e 442 * @u:union holding the fields above
a8182929
EG
443 */
444struct ieee80211_event {
445 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
446 union {
447 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
a9409093 448 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
6382246e 449 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
a8182929
EG
450 } u;
451};
452
23a1f8d4
SS
453/**
454 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
455 *
456 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
457 *
458 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
459 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
460 */
461struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
462 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
463 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
464};
465
471b3efd
JB
466/**
467 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
468 *
469 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
470 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
471 *
41cbb0f5
LC
472 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
473 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
474 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
475 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
476 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
477 * ACK, BACK or both
478 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
479 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
480 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
471b3efd 481 * @assoc: association status
8fc214ba
JB
482 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
483 * or not
c13a765b 484 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
471b3efd
JB
485 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
486 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
ea1b2b45
JB
487 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
488 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
56007a02 489 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
c65dd147 490 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
989c6505 491 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
8c358bcd 492 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
ef429dad
JB
493 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
494 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
495 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
496 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
2ecc3905 497 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
8c358bcd
JB
498 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
499 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
2ecc3905 500 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
ef429dad
JB
501 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
502 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
2ecc3905
AB
503 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
504 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
505 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
21c0cbe7 506 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
98f7dfd8 507 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
96dd22ac
JB
508 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
509 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
510 * the current band.
817cee76 511 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
dd5b4cc7 512 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2d0ddec5
JB
513 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
514 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
4bf88530
JB
515 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
516 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
23a1f8d4 517 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
074d46d1 518 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
22f66895
AA
519 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
520 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
521 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
a97c13c3 522 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
e86abc68
JB
523 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
524 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
525 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
2c3c5f8c
AZ
526 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
527 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
528 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
529 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
a97c13c3 530 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
68542962
JO
531 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
532 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
533 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
534 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
0f19b41e
JB
535 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
536 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
537 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
4ced3f74 538 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
7da7cc1d
JB
539 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
540 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
541 * your driver/device needs to do.
ab095877
EP
542 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
543 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
0ca54f6c 544 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
7827493b
AN
545 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
546 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
1ea6f9c0 547 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
db82d8a9
LB
548 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
549 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
550 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
551 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
552 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
553 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
67baf663 554 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
52cfa1d6
AB
555 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
556 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
557 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
e38a017b
AS
558 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
559 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
560 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
561 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
562 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
563 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
564 * station.
471b3efd
JB
565 */
566struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
2d0ddec5 567 const u8 *bssid;
41cbb0f5
LC
568 u8 bss_color;
569 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
570 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
571 bool uora_exists;
572 bool ack_enabled;
573 u8 uora_ocw_range;
574 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
575 bool he_support;
471b3efd 576 /* association related data */
8fc214ba 577 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
c13a765b 578 bool ibss_creator;
471b3efd
JB
579 u16 aid;
580 /* erp related data */
581 bool use_cts_prot;
582 bool use_short_preamble;
9f1ba906 583 bool use_short_slot;
2d0ddec5 584 bool enable_beacon;
98f7dfd8 585 u8 dtim_period;
21c0cbe7
TW
586 u16 beacon_int;
587 u16 assoc_capability;
8c358bcd
JB
588 u64 sync_tsf;
589 u32 sync_device_ts;
ef429dad 590 u8 sync_dtim_count;
881d948c 591 u32 basic_rates;
817cee76 592 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
57fbcce3 593 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
9ed6bcce 594 u16 ht_operation_mode;
a97c13c3
JO
595 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
596 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
2c3c5f8c
AZ
597 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
598 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
4bf88530 599 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
23a1f8d4 600 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
68542962 601 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
0f19b41e 602 int arp_addr_cnt;
4ced3f74 603 bool qos;
7da7cc1d 604 bool idle;
ab095877 605 bool ps;
7827493b
AN
606 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
607 size_t ssid_len;
608 bool hidden_ssid;
1ea6f9c0 609 int txpower;
db82d8a9 610 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
67baf663 611 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
52cfa1d6 612 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
e38a017b
AS
613 u16 max_idle_period;
614 bool protected_keep_alive;
471b3efd
JB
615};
616
11f4b1ce 617/**
af61a165 618 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
e039fa4a 619 *
6ef307bc 620 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
e039fa4a 621 *
7351c6bd 622 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
e6a9854b
JB
623 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
624 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
625 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
626 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
627 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
628 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
629 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
630 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
631 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
632 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
633 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
e039fa4a 634 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
e039fa4a
JB
635 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
636 * station
e039fa4a 637 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
e039fa4a
JB
638 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
639 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
e6a9854b 640 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
e039fa4a 641 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
ab5b5342
JB
642 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
643 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
644 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
645 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
646 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
647 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
648 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
649 * hardware queue.
e039fa4a
JB
650 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
651 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
652 * is for the whole aggregation.
429a3805
RR
653 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
654 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
e6a9854b
JB
655 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
656 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
657 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
6c17b77b
SF
658 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
659 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
660 * off-channel operation.
cd8ffc80
JB
661 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
662 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
663 * it can be sent out.
8f77f384
JB
664 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
665 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
3b8d81e0
JB
666 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
667 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
02f2f1a9
JB
668 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
669 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
670 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
ad5351db
JB
671 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
672 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
673 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
674 * queue gets full.
c6fcf6bc
JB
675 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
676 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
677 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
1672c0e3
JB
678 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
679 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
680 * should kick the MLME state machine.
026331c4
JM
681 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
682 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
683 * status to user space)
0a56bd0a 684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
f79d9bad
FF
685 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
686 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
610dbc98
JB
687 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
688 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
689 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
690 * handled properly by the device.
681d1190
JM
691 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
692 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
693 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
aad14ceb
RM
694 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
695 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
696 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
47086fc5
JB
697 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
698 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
699 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
deeaee19
JB
700 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
701 * PS-Poll responses.
b6f35301
RM
702 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
703 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
704 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
a26eb27a
JB
705 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
706 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
707 * monitor injection).
5cf16616
SM
708 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
709 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
710 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
711 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
712 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
eb7d3066
CL
713 *
714 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
715 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
11f4b1ce 716 */
af61a165 717enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
e039fa4a 718 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
e6a9854b
JB
719 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
720 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
721 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
722 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
723 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
724 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
725 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
726 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
727 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
728 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
729 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
730 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
6c17b77b 731 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
cd8ffc80 732 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
8f77f384 733 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
3b8d81e0 734 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
02f2f1a9 735 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
ad5351db 736 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
c6fcf6bc 737 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
1672c0e3 738 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
026331c4 739 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
0a56bd0a 740 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
f79d9bad 741 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
21f83589 742 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
681d1190 743 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
aad14ceb 744 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
47086fc5 745 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
b6f35301 746 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
a26eb27a 747 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
5cf16616 748 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
11f4b1ce
RR
749};
750
abe37c4b
JB
751#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
752
af61a165
JB
753/**
754 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
755 *
756 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
757 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
6b127c71
SM
758 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
759 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
dfdfc2be 760 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
6e0456b5 761 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
bb42f2d1 762 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
af61a165
JB
763 *
764 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
765 */
766enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
767 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
6b127c71 768 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
dfdfc2be 769 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
6e0456b5 770 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
bb42f2d1 771 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
af61a165
JB
772};
773
eb7d3066
CL
774/*
775 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
776 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
777 */
778#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
779 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
780 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
781 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
782 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
02f2f1a9 783 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
eb7d3066 784 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
47086fc5 785 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
eb7d3066 786
2134e7e7
S
787/**
788 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
789 * Rate Control algorithm.
790 *
791 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
792 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
793 *
794 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
795 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
796 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
797 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
798 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
8bc83c24
JB
799 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
800 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
2134e7e7
S
801 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
802 * Greenfield mode.
803 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
8bc83c24
JB
804 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
805 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
806 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
2134e7e7
S
807 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
808 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
809 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
810 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
811 */
e6a9854b
JB
812enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
813 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
814 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
815 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
816
8bc83c24 817 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
e6a9854b
JB
818 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
819 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
820 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
821 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
822 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
8bc83c24
JB
823 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
824 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
825 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
e6a9854b
JB
826};
827
828
829/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
830#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
8318d78a 831
e6a9854b
JB
832/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
833#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
1c014420 834
e6a9854b 835/* maximum number of rate stages */
e3e1a0bc 836#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
870abdf6 837
0d528d85
FF
838/* maximum number of rate table entries */
839#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
840
870abdf6 841/**
e6a9854b 842 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
870abdf6 843 *
e6a9854b
JB
844 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
845 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
e25cf4a6 846 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
e6a9854b
JB
847 *
848 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
849 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
850 *
851 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
852 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
c555b9b3
JB
853 *
854 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
855 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
856 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
857 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
b4f7f4ad
JN
858 * information::
859 *
c555b9b3 860 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
b4f7f4ad 861 *
c555b9b3
JB
862 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
863 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
864 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
865 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
b4f7f4ad
JN
866 * information should then contain::
867 *
c555b9b3 868 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
b4f7f4ad 869 *
c555b9b3
JB
870 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
871 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
870abdf6 872 */
e6a9854b
JB
873struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
874 s8 idx;
8bc83c24
JB
875 u16 count:5,
876 flags:11;
3f30fc15 877} __packed;
870abdf6 878
8bc83c24
JB
879#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
880
881static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
882 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
883{
884 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
6bc8312f
KB
885 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
886 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
8bc83c24
JB
887}
888
889static inline u8
890ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
891{
892 return rate->idx & 0xF;
893}
894
895static inline u8
896ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
897{
6bc8312f 898 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
8bc83c24
JB
899}
900
e039fa4a
JB
901/**
902 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
903 *
904 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
905 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
906 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
907 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
908 *
909 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
e6a9854b 910 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
3a25a8c8 911 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
a729cff8 912 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
6ef307bc
RD
913 * @control: union for control data
914 * @status: union for status data
915 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
599bf6a4 916 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
93d95b12 917 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
599bf6a4 918 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
93d95b12 919 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
e039fa4a 920 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
1c014420 921 */
e039fa4a
JB
922struct ieee80211_tx_info {
923 /* common information */
924 u32 flags;
925 u8 band;
e6a9854b 926
3a25a8c8 927 u8 hw_queue;
2e92e6f2 928
a729cff8 929 u16 ack_frame_id;
e039fa4a
JB
930
931 union {
932 struct {
e6a9854b
JB
933 union {
934 /* rate control */
935 struct {
936 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
937 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
938 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
991fec09
FF
939 u8 use_rts:1;
940 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
0d528d85
FF
941 u8 short_preamble:1;
942 u8 skip_table:1;
991fec09 943 /* 2 bytes free */
e6a9854b
JB
944 };
945 /* only needed before rate control */
946 unsigned long jiffies;
947 };
25d834e1 948 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
53168215 949 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
e039fa4a 950 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
af61a165 951 u32 flags;
53168215 952 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
e039fa4a 953 } control;
3b79af97
JB
954 struct {
955 u64 cookie;
956 } ack;
e039fa4a 957 struct {
e6a9854b 958 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
a0f995a5 959 s32 ack_signal;
e3e1a0bc 960 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
599bf6a4 961 u8 ampdu_len;
d748b464 962 u8 antenna;
02219b3a 963 u16 tx_time;
a78b26ff 964 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
02219b3a 965 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 966 } status;
e6a9854b
JB
967 struct {
968 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
969 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
0d528d85
FF
970 u8 pad[4];
971
e6a9854b
JB
972 void *rate_driver_data[
973 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
974 };
975 void *driver_data[
976 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 977 };
f0706e82
JB
978};
979
18fb84d9
FF
980/**
981 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
982 *
983 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
984 * @info: Basic tx status information
985 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
986 */
987struct ieee80211_tx_status {
988 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
989 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
990 struct sk_buff *skb;
991};
992
c56ef672
DS
993/**
994 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
995 *
633e2713
DS
996 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
997 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
998 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
c56ef672
DS
999 *
1000 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1001 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1002 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1003 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1004 */
1005struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
57fbcce3
JB
1006 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1007 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
c56ef672
DS
1008 const u8 *common_ies;
1009 size_t common_ie_len;
1010};
1011
1012
e039fa4a
JB
1013static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1014{
1015 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1016}
7ac1bd6a 1017
f1d58c25
JB
1018static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1019{
1020 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1021}
1022
e6a9854b
JB
1023/**
1024 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1025 *
1026 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1027 *
1028 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1029 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1030 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1031 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1032 *
1033 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1034 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1035 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1036 */
1037static inline void
1038ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1039{
1040 int i;
1041
1042 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1043 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1044 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1045 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1046 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1047 /* clear the rate counts */
1048 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1049 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1050
1051 BUILD_BUG_ON(
e3e1a0bc 1052 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
e6a9854b
JB
1053 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1054 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1055 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1056}
1057
7ac1bd6a
JB
1058
1059/**
1060 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1061 *
1062 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1063 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1064 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1065 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1066 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1067 * verification has been done by the hardware.
cef0acd4 1068 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1069 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1070 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
981d94a8
JB
1071 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1072 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1073 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1074 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
84ea3a18
LB
1075 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1076 * de-duplication by itself.
72abd81b
JB
1077 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1078 * the frame.
1079 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1080 * the frame.
f4bda337 1081 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
6ebacbb7
JB
1082 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1083 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1084 * merging.
f4bda337
TP
1085 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1086 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1087 * (including FCS) was received.
f4a0f0c5
JB
1088 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1089 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
fe8431f8
FF
1090 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1091 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
4c298677
JB
1092 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1093 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1094 * each A-MPDU
4c298677
JB
1095 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1096 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1097 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1098 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1099 * on this subframe
1100 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1101 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
f980ebc0
SS
1102 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1103 * done by the hardware
17883048
GB
1104 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1105 * processing it in any regular way.
1106 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1107 * them for sniffing purposes.
1108 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1109 * monitor interfaces.
1110 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1111 * them for sniffing purposes.
0cfcefef
MK
1112 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1113 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1114 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1115 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1116 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1117 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1118 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1119 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1120 * interleaved with other frames.
1f7bba79
JB
1121 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1122 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1123 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
f631a77b
SS
1124 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1125 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1126 * the first subframe.
cef0acd4
DS
1127 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1128 * be done in the hardware.
7299d6f7
JB
1129 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1130 * frame
1131 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
41cbb0f5
LC
1132 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1133 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
1134 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1135 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1136 * - DATA3_CODING
1137 * - DATA5_GI
1138 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1139 * - DATA6_NSTS
1140 * - DATA3_STBC
1141 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1142 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1143 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
d1332e7b 1144 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
7ac1bd6a
JB
1145 */
1146enum mac80211_rx_flags {
4c298677
JB
1147 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1148 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
f4a0f0c5 1149 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
4c298677
JB
1150 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1151 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1152 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1153 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
f4bda337 1154 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
7fdd69c5
JB
1155 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1156 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1157 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1158 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1159 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1160 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1161 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1162 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1163 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1164 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1165 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1166 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1167 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1168 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1169 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1170 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
7299d6f7
JB
1171 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1172 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
41cbb0f5
LC
1173 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1174 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
d1332e7b 1175 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
7ac1bd6a
JB
1176};
1177
1b8d242a 1178/**
7fdd69c5 1179 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
1b8d242a 1180 *
7fdd69c5 1181 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
7fdd69c5
JB
1182 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1183 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1184 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1185 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
1186 * to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
1187 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1188 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
7fdd69c5 1189 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1b8d242a 1190 */
7fdd69c5
JB
1191enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1192 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
da6a4352
JB
1193 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1194 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1195 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1196 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1197 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
1b8d242a
EG
1198};
1199
da6a4352
JB
1200#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1201
1202enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1203 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1204 RX_ENC_HT,
1205 RX_ENC_VHT,
41cbb0f5 1206 RX_ENC_HE,
da6a4352 1207};
7fdd69c5 1208
7ac1bd6a
JB
1209/**
1210 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1211 *
1212 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1213 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
f1d58c25 1214 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
566bfe5a 1215 *
c132bec3
BR
1216 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1217 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
162dd6a7
JB
1218 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1219 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
8c358bcd
JB
1220 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1221 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
8318d78a 1222 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
7ac1bd6a 1223 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
4352a4d7
JB
1224 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1225 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
566bfe5a
BR
1226 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1227 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1228 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
ef0621e8
FF
1229 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1230 * values were filled.
1231 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1232 * support dB or unspecified units)
7ac1bd6a 1233 * @antenna: antenna used
0fb8ca45 1234 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
5614618e 1235 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
8613c948 1236 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
b4f7f4ad 1237 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
da6a4352
JB
1238 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1239 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
7fdd69c5 1240 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
41cbb0f5
LC
1241 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1242 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1243 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
554891e6 1244 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
4c298677
JB
1245 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1246 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1247 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
7ac1bd6a 1248 */
f0706e82
JB
1249struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1250 u64 mactime;
162dd6a7 1251 u64 boottime_ns;
8c358bcd 1252 u32 device_timestamp;
4c298677 1253 u32 ampdu_reference;
7fdd69c5 1254 u32 flag;
30f42292 1255 u16 freq;
da6a4352 1256 u8 enc_flags;
41cbb0f5
LC
1257 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1258 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
30f42292 1259 u8 rate_idx;
8613c948 1260 u8 nss;
30f42292
JB
1261 u8 rx_flags;
1262 u8 band;
1263 u8 antenna;
1264 s8 signal;
ef0621e8
FF
1265 u8 chains;
1266 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
4c298677 1267 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
f0706e82
JB
1268};
1269
1f7bba79
JB
1270/**
1271 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1272 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1273 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1274 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1275 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1276 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1277 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1278 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1279 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1280 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1281 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1282 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1283 * @data field.
1284 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1285 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1286 * length
1287 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1288 *
1289 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1290 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1291 * data.
1292 */
1293struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1294 u32 present;
1295 u8 align;
1296 u8 oui[3];
1297 u8 subns;
1298 u8 pad;
1299 u16 len;
1300 u8 data[];
1301} __packed;
1302
6b301cdf
JB
1303/**
1304 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1305 *
1306 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1307 *
0869aea0
JB
1308 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1309 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1310 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
c99445b1
KV
1311 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1312 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1313 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1314 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1315 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1316 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1317 * for more.
5cff20e6
JB
1318 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1319 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1320 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1321 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1322 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
45521245
FF
1323 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1324 * operating channel.
6b301cdf
JB
1325 */
1326enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
0869aea0 1327 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
ae5eb026 1328 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
5cff20e6 1329 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
45521245 1330 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
6b301cdf 1331};
f0706e82 1332
7a5158ef 1333
e8975581
JB
1334/**
1335 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1336 *
e8975581 1337 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
0869aea0 1338 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
e255d5eb 1339 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
e8975581 1340 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
4797938c 1341 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
9124b077 1342 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
5cff20e6 1343 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
0f78231b 1344 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
04ecd257
JB
1345 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1346 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
e8975581
JB
1347 */
1348enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
0f78231b 1349 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
e8975581 1350 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
0869aea0 1351 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
e8975581 1352 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
e255d5eb
JB
1353 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1354 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1355 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
5cff20e6 1356 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
e8975581
JB
1357};
1358
0f78231b
JB
1359/**
1360 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1361 *
9d173fc5
KV
1362 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1363 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1364 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1365 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1366 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
0f78231b
JB
1367 */
1368enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1369 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1370 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1371 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1372 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1373
1374 /* keep last */
1375 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1376};
1377
f0706e82
JB
1378/**
1379 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1380 *
1381 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1382 *
04fe2037
JB
1383 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1384 *
ea95bba4 1385 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
56007a02
JB
1386 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1387 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1388 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
04fe2037
JB
1389 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1390 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1391 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1392 *
1ea6f9c0
JB
1393 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1394 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
04fe2037 1395 *
675a0b04 1396 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
164eb02d 1397 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
04fe2037 1398 *
9124b077 1399 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
ad24b0da
JB
1400 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1401 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
9124b077 1402 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
ad24b0da
JB
1403 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1404 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
0f78231b
JB
1405 *
1406 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1407 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
04ecd257
JB
1408 * configured for an HT channel.
1409 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1410 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
f0706e82
JB
1411 */
1412struct ieee80211_conf {
6b301cdf 1413 u32 flags;
ff616381 1414 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
10816d40 1415
e8975581 1416 u16 listen_interval;
56007a02 1417 u8 ps_dtim_period;
e8975581 1418
9124b077
JB
1419 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1420
675a0b04 1421 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
164eb02d 1422 bool radar_enabled;
0f78231b 1423 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
f0706e82
JB
1424};
1425
5ce6e438
JB
1426/**
1427 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1428 *
1429 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1430 * operation.
1431 *
1432 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1433 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1434 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1435 * the driver passed into mac80211.
2ba45384
LC
1436 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1437 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
5ce6e438
JB
1438 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1439 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
85220d71 1440 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
5ce6e438
JB
1441 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
1442 */
1443struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1444 u64 timestamp;
2ba45384 1445 u32 device_timestamp;
5ce6e438 1446 bool block_tx;
85220d71 1447 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5ce6e438
JB
1448 u8 count;
1449};
1450
c1288b12
JB
1451/**
1452 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1453 *
1454 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1455 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
ea086359
JB
1456 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1457 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1458 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1459 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
848955cc
JB
1460 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1461 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1462 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1463 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
b115b972
JD
1464 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1465 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1466 * this is not pure P2P vif.
c1288b12
JB
1467 */
1468enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1469 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
ea086359 1470 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
848955cc 1471 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
b115b972 1472 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
c1288b12
JB
1473};
1474
32bfd35d
JB
1475/**
1476 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1477 *
1478 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1479 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1480 *
51fb61e7 1481 * @type: type of this virtual interface
bda3933a
JB
1482 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1483 * or the BSS we're associated to
47846c9b 1484 * @addr: address of this interface
2ca27bcf
JB
1485 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1486 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
59af6928
MK
1487 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1488 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1489 * for read access.
b5a33d52 1490 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
c1288b12
JB
1491 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1492 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1493 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1494 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
3a25a8c8
JB
1495 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1496 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
d01a1e65
MK
1497 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1498 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1499 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1500 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1501 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
ddbfe860 1502 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
ad24b0da 1503 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
ddbfe860 1504 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1b09b556
AO
1505 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1506 * interface.
32bfd35d 1507 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1508 * sizeof(void \*).
ba8c3d6f 1509 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
21a5d4c3
MP
1510 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1511 * protected by fq->lock.
32bfd35d
JB
1512 */
1513struct ieee80211_vif {
05c914fe 1514 enum nl80211_iftype type;
bda3933a 1515 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
a3e2f4b6 1516 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2ca27bcf 1517 bool p2p;
73da7d5b 1518 bool csa_active;
b5a33d52 1519 bool mu_mimo_owner;
3a25a8c8
JB
1520
1521 u8 cab_queue;
1522 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1523
ba8c3d6f
FF
1524 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1525
d01a1e65
MK
1526 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1527
c1288b12 1528 u32 driver_flags;
3a25a8c8 1529
ddbfe860
SG
1530#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1531 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1532#endif
1533
1b09b556
AO
1534 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1535
21a5d4c3
MP
1536 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1537
32bfd35d 1538 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1539 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
32bfd35d
JB
1540};
1541
902acc78
JB
1542static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1543{
1544#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
05c914fe 1545 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
902acc78
JB
1546#endif
1547 return false;
1548}
1549
ad7e718c
JB
1550/**
1551 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1552 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1553 *
1554 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1555 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1556 *
1557 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1558 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1559 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1560 */
1561struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1562
dc5a1ad7
EG
1563/**
1564 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1565 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1566 *
1567 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1568 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1569 *
1570 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1571 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1572 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1573 */
1574struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1575
7ac1bd6a
JB
1576/**
1577 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1578 *
1579 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1580 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1581 *
7ac1bd6a
JB
1582 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1583 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
db12847c
IY
1584 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1585 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1586 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1587 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1588 * generation in software.
c6adbd21
ID
1589 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1590 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
e548c49e 1591 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
00b9cfa3
JM
1592 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1593 * (MFP) to be done in software.
077a9154 1594 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
ee70108f 1595 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
077a9154 1596 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
db12847c
IY
1597 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1598 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1599 * MIC.
e548c49e
JB
1600 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1601 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1602 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1603 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1604 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1605 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1606 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
17d38fa8 1607 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
00b9cfa3 1608 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
17d38fa8 1609 * only for managment frames (MFP).
db12847c
IY
1610 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1611 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1612 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
9de18d81
DS
1613 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1614 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1615 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
7848ba7d 1616 */
7ac1bd6a 1617enum ieee80211_key_flags {
17d38fa8
MK
1618 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1619 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1620 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1621 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1622 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1623 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1624 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
db12847c 1625 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
9de18d81 1626 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
7ac1bd6a 1627};
11a843b7 1628
7ac1bd6a
JB
1629/**
1630 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1631 *
1632 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1633 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1634 *
1635 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1636 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
6a7664d4 1637 * encrypted in hardware.
97359d12 1638 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
f8079d43
EP
1639 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1640 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
7ac1bd6a
JB
1641 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1642 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1643 * @keylen: key material length
ffd7891d
LR
1644 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1645 * data block:
1646 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1647 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1648 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
dc822b5d
JB
1649 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1650 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
7ac1bd6a 1651 */
f0706e82 1652struct ieee80211_key_conf {
db388a56 1653 atomic64_t tx_pn;
97359d12 1654 u32 cipher;
76708dee
FF
1655 u8 icv_len;
1656 u8 iv_len;
6a7664d4 1657 u8 hw_key_idx;
11a843b7 1658 s8 keyidx;
9de18d81 1659 u16 flags;
11a843b7 1660 u8 keylen;
f0706e82
JB
1661 u8 key[0];
1662};
1663
a31cf1c6
JB
1664#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1665
f8079d43
EP
1666#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1667#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1668
9352c19f
JB
1669/**
1670 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1671 *
1672 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1673 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1674 * reverse order than in packet)
1675 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1676 * reverse order than in packet)
1677 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1678 * reverse order than in packet)
1679 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1680 * reverse order than in packet)
a31cf1c6 1681 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
9352c19f
JB
1682 */
1683struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1684 union {
1685 struct {
1686 u32 iv32;
1687 u16 iv16;
1688 } tkip;
1689 struct {
1690 u8 pn[6];
1691 } ccmp;
1692 struct {
1693 u8 pn[6];
1694 } aes_cmac;
1695 struct {
1696 u8 pn[6];
1697 } aes_gmac;
1698 struct {
1699 u8 pn[6];
1700 } gcmp;
a31cf1c6
JB
1701 struct {
1702 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1703 u8 seq_len;
1704 } hw;
9352c19f
JB
1705 };
1706};
1707
2475b1cc
MS
1708/**
1709 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1710 *
1711 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1712 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1713 *
1714 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1715 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1716 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1717 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1718 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1719 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1720 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1721 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1722 * key_idx value calculation:
1723 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1724 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1725 */
1726struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1727 u32 cipher;
1728 u16 iftype;
1729 u8 hdr_len;
1730 u8 pn_len;
1731 u8 pn_off;
1732 u8 key_idx_off;
1733 u8 key_idx_mask;
1734 u8 key_idx_shift;
1735 u8 mic_len;
1736};
1737
7ac1bd6a
JB
1738/**
1739 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1740 *
1741 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1742 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1743 *
1744 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1745 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1746 */
ea49c359 1747enum set_key_cmd {
11a843b7 1748 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
ea49c359 1749};
f0706e82 1750
f09603a2
JB
1751/**
1752 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1753 *
1754 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1755 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1756 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1757 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1758 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1759 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1760 */
1761enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1762 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1763 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1764 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1765 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1766 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1767 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1768};
1769
e1a0c6b3
JB
1770/**
1771 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1772 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1773 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1774 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1775 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1776 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1777 *
1778 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1779 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1780 */
1781enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1782 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1783 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1784 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1785 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1786};
1787
0d528d85
FF
1788/**
1789 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1790 *
1791 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
03f831a6 1792 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
0d528d85
FF
1793 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1794 */
1795struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1796 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1797 struct {
1798 s8 idx;
1799 u8 count;
1800 u8 count_cts;
1801 u8 count_rts;
1802 u16 flags;
1803 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1804};
1805
17741cdc
JB
1806/**
1807 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1808 *
1809 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1810 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1811 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1812 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1813 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
34e89507 1814 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
17741cdc
JB
1815 *
1816 * @addr: MAC address
1817 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
323ce79a 1818 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
55d942f4
JB
1819 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1820 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
41cbb0f5 1821 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
480dd46b
MA
1822 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1823 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1824 * Can be modified by driver.
527871d7
JB
1825 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1826 * otherwise always false)
17741cdc 1827 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1828 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
910868db 1829 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
f438ceb8
EG
1830 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1831 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
910868db 1832 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
e1a0c6b3 1833 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
8921d04e
JB
1834 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1835 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1836 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1837 * the station moves to associated state.
af0ed69b 1838 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
03f831a6 1839 * @rates: rate control selection table
0c4972cc 1840 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
8b94148c
AN
1841 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1842 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
93f0490e 1843 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
506bcfa8
EG
1844 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1845 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1846 * unlimited.
52cfa1d6 1847 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
6e0456b5 1848 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
adf8ed01
JB
1849 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1850 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
17741cdc
JB
1851 */
1852struct ieee80211_sta {
57fbcce3 1853 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
17741cdc
JB
1854 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1855 u16 aid;
d9fe60de 1856 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
818255ea 1857 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
41cbb0f5
LC
1858 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1859 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
39df600a 1860 bool wme;
9533b4ac
EP
1861 u8 uapsd_queues;
1862 u8 max_sp;
8921d04e 1863 u8 rx_nss;
e1a0c6b3 1864 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
af0ed69b 1865 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
0d528d85 1866 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
0c4972cc 1867 bool tdls;
8b94148c 1868 bool tdls_initiator;
93f0490e 1869 bool mfp;
506bcfa8 1870 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
57eeb208
JB
1871
1872 /**
1873 * @max_amsdu_len:
1874 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1875 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1876 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1877 *
1878 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1879 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1880 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1881 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1882 *
1883 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1884 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1885 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1886 */
506bcfa8 1887 u16 max_amsdu_len;
52cfa1d6 1888 bool support_p2p_ps;
6e0456b5 1889 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
17741cdc 1890
adf8ed01 1891 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
ba8c3d6f 1892
17741cdc 1893 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1894 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
17741cdc
JB
1895};
1896
478f8d2b
TW
1897/**
1898 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
1899 *
1900 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
38a6cc75 1901 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
478f8d2b 1902 *
4571d3bf
CL
1903 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
1904 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
1905 */
89fad578 1906enum sta_notify_cmd {
4571d3bf
CL
1907 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
1908};
1909
36323f81
TH
1910/**
1911 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
1912 *
1913 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
1914 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
1915 */
1916struct ieee80211_tx_control {
1917 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1918};
1919
ba8c3d6f
FF
1920/**
1921 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
1922 *
1923 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
1924 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
adf8ed01
JB
1925 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
1926 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
ba8c3d6f 1927 * @ac: the AC for this queue
f8bdbb58 1928 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
ba8c3d6f
FF
1929 *
1930 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
1931 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
1932 */
1933struct ieee80211_txq {
1934 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
1935 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1936 u8 tid;
1937 u8 ac;
1938
1939 /* must be last */
1940 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1941};
1942
1bc0826c
JB
1943/**
1944 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
1945 *
1946 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
1947 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
1948 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
1949 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
1950 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
1951 *
af65cd96
JB
1952 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
1953 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
1954 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
1955 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
1956 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
1957 * algorithm.
1958 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
1959 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
1960 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
1961 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
1962 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
1963 * CCK frames.
1964 *
1bc0826c
JB
1965 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
1966 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
1967 * the FCS at the end.
1968 *
1969 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
1970 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
1971 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
1972 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
1973 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
1974 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
546c80c9 1975 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
1bc0826c 1976 *
566bfe5a
BR
1977 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
1978 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
1979 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
1980 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
1981 *
566bfe5a
BR
1982 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
1983 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
1984 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
1985 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
1986 *
06ff47bc
TW
1987 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
1988 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
1989 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
8b30b1fe
S
1990 *
1991 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
1992 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
520eb820 1993 *
4be8c387
JB
1994 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
1995 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
1996 *
1997 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
1998 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
1999 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2000 *
2001 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2002 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
4375d083
JM
2003 *
2004 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2005 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
04de8381 2006 *
375177bf
VN
2007 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2008 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2009 * the stack.
2010 *
1e4dcd01 2011 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
ad24b0da
JB
2012 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2013 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
a97c13c3 2014 *
c65dd147
EG
2015 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2016 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2017 * dtim_period).
e31b8213
JB
2018 *
2019 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2020 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2021 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2022 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2023 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2024 * only in that case.
d057e5a3
AN
2025 *
2026 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2027 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2028 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2029 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2030 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2031 * the PS mode of connected stations.
edf6b784
AN
2032 *
2033 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2034 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2035 * software.
885bd8ec 2036 *
4b6f1dd6
JB
2037 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2038 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2039 * active interfaces.
3a25a8c8 2040 *
e27513fb
BG
2041 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2042 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2043 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2044 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2045 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2046 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2047 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2048 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2049 * supported cipher suites.
2050 *
17c18bf8
JB
2051 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2052 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2053 * for frames.
2054 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2055 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2056 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2057 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2058 * control for more details.
6d71117a 2059 *
0d528d85
FF
2060 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2061 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2062 *
6d71117a
JB
2063 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2064 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2065 * is supported.
ef429dad
JB
2066 *
2067 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2068 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
7578d575 2069 *
919be62b
JB
2070 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2071 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2072 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2073 *
7578d575
AN
2074 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2075 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2076 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2077 * CSA frame.
5d52ee81 2078 *
c70f59a2
IY
2079 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2080 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2081 *
c526a467 2082 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
c56ef672 2083 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
30686bf7 2084 *
b98fb44f
AN
2085 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2086 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2087 *
99e7ca44
EG
2088 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2089 * within A-MPDU.
2090 *
35afa588
HS
2091 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2092 * for sent beacons.
2093 *
31104891
JB
2094 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2095 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2096 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2097 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2098 *
412a6d80
SS
2099 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2100 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2101 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2102 * timeout.
2103 *
c9c5962b
JB
2104 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2105 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2106 *
6e0456b5
FF
2107 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2108 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2109 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2110 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2111 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2112 *
2113 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2114 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2115 *
e8a24cd4
RM
2116 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2117 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2118 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2119 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2120 *
f3fe4e93
SS
2121 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2122 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2123 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2124 *
e2fb1b83
YT
2125 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2126 * TDLS links.
2127 *
94ba9271
IP
2128 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2129 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2130 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2131 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2132 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2133 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2134 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
d1361b32 2135 *
7c181f4f
BCD
2136 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2137 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
94ba9271 2138 *
adf8ed01
JB
2139 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2140 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2141 *
09b4a4fa
JB
2142 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2143 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2144 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2145 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2146 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2147 *
30686bf7 2148 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
1bc0826c
JB
2149 */
2150enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
30686bf7
JB
2151 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2152 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2153 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2154 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2155 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2156 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2157 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2158 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2159 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2160 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2161 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2162 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2163 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2164 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2165 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2166 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2167 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2168 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2169 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2170 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2171 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2172 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2173 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2174 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2175 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2176 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2177 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2178 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2179 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
b98fb44f 2180 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
99e7ca44 2181 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
35afa588 2182 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
31104891 2183 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
412a6d80 2184 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
c9c5962b 2185 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
6e0456b5
FF
2186 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2187 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
e8a24cd4 2188 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
f3fe4e93 2189 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
e2fb1b83 2190 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
94ba9271 2191 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
7c181f4f 2192 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
adf8ed01 2193 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
09b4a4fa 2194 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
30686bf7
JB
2195
2196 /* keep last, obviously */
2197 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
1bc0826c
JB
2198};
2199
7ac1bd6a
JB
2200/**
2201 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
75a5f0cc
JB
2202 *
2203 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2204 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2205 *
2206 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2207 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2208 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
8318d78a
JB
2209 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2210 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
75a5f0cc
JB
2211 *
2212 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2213 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2214 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2215 * along with this structure.
2216 *
2217 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2218 *
2219 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2220 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2221 *
70dabeb7
FF
2222 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2223 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
75a5f0cc 2224 *
566bfe5a 2225 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
ad24b0da 2226 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
75a5f0cc 2227 *
ea95bba4 2228 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
ad24b0da 2229 * that HW supports
ea95bba4 2230 *
75a5f0cc 2231 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
e100bb64
JB
2232 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2233 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2234 *
830f9038
JB
2235 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2236 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2237 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
32bfd35d
JB
2238 *
2239 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2240 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
17741cdc
JB
2241 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2242 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
d01a1e65
MK
2243 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2244 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
ba8c3d6f
FF
2245 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2246 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
870abdf6 2247 *
78be49ec
HS
2248 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2249 * can handle.
2250 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2251 * the hw can report back.
e6a9854b 2252 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
4e6cbfd0 2253 *
df6ba5d8
LC
2254 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2255 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2256 * aggregation.
2257 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2258 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2259 * it shouldn't be set.
5dd36bc9
JB
2260 *
2261 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
41cbb0f5
LC
2262 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2263 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2264 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2265 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2266 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
3a25a8c8 2267 *
6e0456b5
FF
2268 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2269 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2270 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2271 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2272 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
ac55d2fe
JB
2273 *
2274 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2275 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
b4f7f4ad 2276 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
ac55d2fe 2277 * adding _BW is supported today.
72d78728 2278 *
51648921
JB
2279 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2280 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
b4f7f4ad 2281 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
51648921 2282 *
41cbb0f5
LC
2283 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2284 *
99ee7cae
JB
2285 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
2286 * 'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to
2287 * a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2288 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp
2289 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
2290 * device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put
2291 * into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set.
2292 *
72d78728 2293 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
680a0dab
JB
2294 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2295 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
219c3867
AB
2296 *
2297 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2298 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2299 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2300 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2301 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2302 * neither enabled.
2303 *
2304 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2305 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2306 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2475b1cc
MS
2307 *
2308 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2309 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2310 * supported by HW.
167e33f4
AB
2311 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2312 * device.
70e53669
WG
2313 *
2314 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2315 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2316 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
7ac1bd6a 2317 */
f0706e82 2318struct ieee80211_hw {
f0706e82 2319 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
75a5f0cc 2320 struct wiphy *wiphy;
830f9038 2321 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
f0706e82 2322 void *priv;
30686bf7 2323 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
f0706e82 2324 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
70dabeb7 2325 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
32bfd35d 2326 int vif_data_size;
17741cdc 2327 int sta_data_size;
d01a1e65 2328 int chanctx_data_size;
ba8c3d6f 2329 int txq_data_size;
ea95bba4 2330 u16 queues;
ea95bba4 2331 u16 max_listen_interval;
f0706e82 2332 s8 max_signal;
e6a9854b 2333 u8 max_rates;
78be49ec 2334 u8 max_report_rates;
e6a9854b 2335 u8 max_rate_tries;
41cbb0f5
LC
2336 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2337 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
6e0456b5 2338 u8 max_tx_fragments;
3a25a8c8 2339 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
ac55d2fe 2340 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
51648921 2341 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
99ee7cae
JB
2342 struct {
2343 int units_pos;
2344 s16 accuracy;
2345 } radiotap_timestamp;
72d78728 2346 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
219c3867
AB
2347 u8 uapsd_queues;
2348 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2475b1cc
MS
2349 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2350 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
167e33f4 2351 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
70e53669 2352 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
f0706e82
JB
2353};
2354
30686bf7
JB
2355static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2356 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2357{
2358 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2359}
2360#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2361
2362static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2363 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2364{
2365 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2366}
2367#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2368
c56ef672
DS
2369/**
2370 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2371 *
2372 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2373 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2374 */
2375struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2376 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2377
2378 /* Keep last */
2379 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2380};
2381
8a4d32f3
AN
2382/**
2383 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2384 *
2385 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2386 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2387 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2388 * @status: channel-switch response status
2389 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2390 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2391 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2392 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2393 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2394 */
2395struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2396 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2397 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2398 u8 action_code;
2399 u32 status;
2400 u32 timestamp;
2401 u16 switch_time;
2402 u16 switch_timeout;
2403 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2404 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2405};
2406
9a95371a
LR
2407/**
2408 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2409 *
2410 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2411 *
2412 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2413 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2414 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2415 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2416 * is already used internally by mac80211.
0ae997dc
YB
2417 *
2418 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
9a95371a
LR
2419 */
2420struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2421
75a5f0cc
JB
2422/**
2423 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2424 *
2425 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2426 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2427 */
f0706e82
JB
2428static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2429{
2430 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2431}
2432
75a5f0cc 2433/**
e37d4dff 2434 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
75a5f0cc
JB
2435 *
2436 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2437 * @addr: the address to set
2438 */
538dc904 2439static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
f0706e82
JB
2440{
2441 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2442}
2443
2e92e6f2
JB
2444static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2445ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2446 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2447{
aa331df0 2448 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2e92e6f2 2449 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2450 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2451}
2452
2453static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2454ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2455 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2456{
e039fa4a 2457 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2458 return NULL;
e039fa4a 2459 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2460}
2461
2462static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2463ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
870abdf6 2464 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2e92e6f2 2465{
e6a9854b 2466 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2467 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2468 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2469}
2470
6096de7f
JB
2471/**
2472 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2473 * @hw: the hardware
2474 * @skb: the skb
2475 *
2476 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2477 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2478 */
2479void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2480
75a5f0cc
JB
2481/**
2482 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
2483 *
2484 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2485 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2486 *
2487 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2488 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
dc822b5d
JB
2489 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2490 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2491 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
75a5f0cc
JB
2492 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2493 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
4150c572 2494 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2495 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2496 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2497 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2498 *
2499 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2500 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2501 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2502 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2503 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2504 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2505 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2506 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2507 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2508 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2509 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2510 *
2511 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2512 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2513 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2514 * based on the receive flags.
2515 *
2516 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2517 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2518 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2519 * keys.
9ae4fda3
EG
2520 *
2521 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2522 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2523 * handler.
2524 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
25985edc 2525 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
9ae4fda3
EG
2526 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2527 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
e37d4dff 2528 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
9ae4fda3 2529 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
de5fad81
YD
2530 *
2531 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2532 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2533 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
62872a9b
AW
2534 *
2535 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2536 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2537 * requirements:
2538 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2539 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2540 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2541 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2542 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2543 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2544 encrypted with the new key and
2545 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2546 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
4150c572 2547 */
75a5f0cc 2548
4be8c387
JB
2549/**
2550 * DOC: Powersave support
2551 *
2552 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2553 *
c99445b1
KV
2554 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2555 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2556 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2557 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2558 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2559 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2560 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2561 * it finds traffic directed to it.
2562 *
2563 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2564 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2565 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
2738bd68
BC
2566 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2567 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
c99445b1
KV
2568 *
2569 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2570 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2571 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
4be8c387
JB
2572 *
2573 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2574 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2575 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2576 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
955394c9
JB
2577 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2578 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
c99445b1
KV
2579 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
2580 *
2581 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2582 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2583 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2584 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2585 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2586 * periods.
2587 *
2738bd68 2588 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
c99445b1
KV
2589 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2590 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2591 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2592 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2593 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2594 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2595 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2596 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2597 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2598 *
2599 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
848955cc 2600 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
e227867f 2601 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
c99445b1
KV
2602 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2603 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2604 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2605 *
2606 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2607 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
4be8c387
JB
2608 */
2609
04de8381
KV
2610/**
2611 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2612 *
2613 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
42b2aa86 2614 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
04de8381
KV
2615 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2616 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2617 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2618 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2619 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2620 *
c1288b12
JB
2621 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2622 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
955394c9
JB
2623 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2624 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2625 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2626 *
2627 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2628 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2629 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2630 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2631 *
2632 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2633 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2634 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2635 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
b4f7f4ad 2636 *
955394c9
JB
2637 * - a list of information element IDs
2638 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2639 *
2640 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2641 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2642 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2643 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2644 * vendor information elements.
2645 *
2646 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2647 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2648 *
2649 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2650 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2651 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2652 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2653 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2654 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2655 *
2656 *
2657 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2658 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2659 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2660 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2661 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2662 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2663 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2664 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2665 *
2666 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2667 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2668 * signal strength threshold checking.
04de8381
KV
2669 */
2670
0f78231b
JB
2671/**
2672 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2673 *
2674 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2675 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2676 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2677 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2678 *
2679 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2680 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2681 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2682 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2683 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2684 * hardware flags.
2685 *
2686 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2687 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2688 * turned off otherwise.
2689 *
2690 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2691 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2692 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2693 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2694 */
2695
75a5f0cc
JB
2696/**
2697 * DOC: Frame filtering
2698 *
2699 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2700 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2701 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2702 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2703 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2704 *
2705 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2706 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2707 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2708 *
3ac64bee
JB
2709 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2710 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2711 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2712 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2713 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2714 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2715 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
75a5f0cc
JB
2716 *
2717 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2718 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2719 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2720 * or dropped.
2721 *
d0f5afbe
MB
2722 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2723 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2724 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2725 * the flag, but not clear it.
2726 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2727 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2728 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2729 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2730 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2731 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2732 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2733 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
4150c572 2734 */
75a5f0cc 2735
4b801bc9
JB
2736/**
2737 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2738 *
2739 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2740 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2741 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2742 *
2743 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2744 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2745 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2746 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2747 * the driver code.
2748 *
2749 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2750 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2751 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2752 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2753 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2754 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2755 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2756 *
2757 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2758 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2759 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2760 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2761 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2762 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2763 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2764 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2765 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2766 * @sta_notify callback.
2767 *
2768 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2769 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2770 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2771 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2772 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2773 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2774 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
02f2f1a9 2775 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
4b801bc9
JB
2776 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2777 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2778 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2779 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2780 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2781 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2782 *
02f2f1a9
JB
2783 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2784 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2785 *
4b801bc9
JB
2786 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2787 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2788 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2789 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2790 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2791 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2792 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2793 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2794 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2795 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2796 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2797 *
2798 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2799 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2800 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2801 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2802 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2803 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2804 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2805 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2806 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2807 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
e227867f 2808 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
4b801bc9
JB
2809 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2810 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2811 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2812 *
2813 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2814 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2815 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2816 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2817 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
e943789e 2818 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
4b801bc9
JB
2819 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2820 *
2821 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2822 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2823 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2824 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
e943789e 2825 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
b77cf4f8
JB
2826 *
2827 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2828 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2829 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2830 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
4b801bc9
JB
2831 */
2832
3a25a8c8
JB
2833/**
2834 * DOC: HW queue control
2835 *
2836 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2837 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2838 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2839 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2840 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2841 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2842 *
2843 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2844 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2845 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2846 *
2847 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2848 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2849 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2850 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2851 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2852 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2853 * the hardware queue.
2854 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2855 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2856 *
2857 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2858 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2859 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2860 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2861 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2862 *
2863 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2864 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2865 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2866 * off-channel queue: 9
2867 *
2868 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
2869 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
2870 *
2871 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
2872 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
2873 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
2874 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
2875 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
2876 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2877 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
2878 *
2879 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
2880 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
2881 *
2882 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2883 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
2884 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
2885 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
2886 */
2887
75a5f0cc
JB
2888/**
2889 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
2890 *
2891 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
2892 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
2893 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
2894 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
2895 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2896 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
2897 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
2898 * multicast address.
2899 *
2900 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
2901 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
2902 *
2903 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
2904 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
2905 *
2906 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
2907 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
2908 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
2909 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
2910 * honour this flag if possible.
2911 *
df140465
JB
2912 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
2913 * station
75a5f0cc
JB
2914 *
2915 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
e3b90ca2 2916 *
c2d3955b 2917 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
7be5086d
JB
2918 *
2919 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
4150c572 2920 */
75a5f0cc 2921enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
75a5f0cc
JB
2922 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
2923 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
2924 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
2925 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
2926 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
2927 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
e3b90ca2 2928 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
7be5086d 2929 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
75a5f0cc
JB
2930};
2931
1b7d03ac
RR
2932/**
2933 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
2934 *
2935 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
2936 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
827d42c9
JB
2937 *
2938 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
2939 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
5d22c89b 2940 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
827d42c9
JB
2941 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
2942 *
18b559d5
JB
2943 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
2944 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
2945 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
b1720231 2946 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
18b559d5
JB
2947 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
2948 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
2949 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
2950 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
2951 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
2952 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
2953 * session is gone and removes the station.
2954 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
2955 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
2956 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
2957 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
1b7d03ac
RR
2958 */
2959enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
2960 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
2961 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
0df3ef45 2962 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
18b559d5
JB
2963 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
2964 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
2965 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
b1720231 2966 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
1b7d03ac 2967};
75a5f0cc 2968
50ea05ef
SS
2969/**
2970 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
2971 *
2972 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
2973 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
2974 * @tid: tid of the BA session
2975 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
2976 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
2977 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
2978 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
2979 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
2980 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2981 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
2982 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2983 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
2984 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
2985 */
2986struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
2987 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
2988 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2989 u16 tid;
2990 u16 ssn;
41cbb0f5 2991 u16 buf_size;
50ea05ef
SS
2992 bool amsdu;
2993 u16 timeout;
2994};
2995
4049e09a
JB
2996/**
2997 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
2998 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
47086fc5
JB
2999 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3000 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
4049e09a
JB
3001 */
3002enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3003 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
47086fc5 3004 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
4049e09a
JB
3005};
3006
8f727ef3
JB
3007/**
3008 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3009 *
3010 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
e1a0c6b3
JB
3011 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3012 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3013 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
8f727ef3 3014 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
e687f61e
AQ
3015 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3016 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3017 * the peer.
0af83d3d
JB
3018 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3019 * by the peer
8f727ef3
JB
3020 */
3021enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3022 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3023 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
e687f61e 3024 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
0af83d3d 3025 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
8f727ef3
JB
3026};
3027
d339d5ca
IP
3028/**
3029 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3030 *
3031 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3032 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3033 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3034 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3035 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3036 *
3037 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3038 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3039 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3040 */
3041enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3042 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3043 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3044};
3045
cf2c92d8
EP
3046/**
3047 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3048 *
3049 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3050 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3051 *
3052 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3053 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3054 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3055 * of wowlan configuration)
3056 */
3057enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3058 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3059 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3060};
3061
75a5f0cc
JB
3062/**
3063 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3064 *
3065 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3066 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3067 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3068 *
3069 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3070 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3071 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
eefce91a 3072 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
11127e91 3073 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
11127e91 3074 * Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3075 *
3076 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3077 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3078 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3079 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3080 * or zero.
3081 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3082 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3083 * is added.
e1781ed3 3084 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3085 *
3086 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3087 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3088 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3089 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
42935eca
LR
3090 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3091 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
e1781ed3 3092 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3093 *
eecc4800
JB
3094 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3095 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3096 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3097 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3098 * reconfigured at resume time.
2b4562df
JB
3099 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3100 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3101 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3102 * must return 1 from this function.
eecc4800
JB
3103 *
3104 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3105 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3106 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3107 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3108 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3109 *
d13e1414
JB
3110 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3111 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3112 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3113 * in suspend().
3114 *
75a5f0cc 3115 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
e37d4dff 3116 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
75a5f0cc
JB
3117 * and @stop must be implemented.
3118 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3119 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3120 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3121 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3122 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
e1781ed3 3123 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3124 *
34d4bc4d
JB
3125 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3126 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3127 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3128 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3129 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3130 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3131 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3132 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3133 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3134 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3135 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3136 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3137 * MAC address of the device going away.
e1781ed3 3138 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3139 *
3140 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3141 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
6dd1bf31 3142 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
e1781ed3 3143 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3144 *
471b3efd
JB
3145 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3146 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3147 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3148 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3149 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
e1781ed3
KV
3150 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3151 * can sleep.
471b3efd 3152 *
3ac64bee
JB
3153 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3154 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3155 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3156 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3157 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3158 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
e1781ed3 3159 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3160 *
1b09b556
AO
3161 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3162 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3163 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3164 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3165 * which flags are changed.
3166 * This callback can sleep.
3167 *
546c80c9 3168 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
17741cdc 3169 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3170 *
3171 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
e1781ed3
KV
3172 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3173 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
dc822b5d 3174 * is enabled.
6dd1bf31 3175 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
e1781ed3 3176 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3177 *
9ae4fda3
EG
3178 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3179 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3180 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
eb807fb2 3181 * The callback must be atomic.
9ae4fda3 3182 *
c68f4b89
JB
3183 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3184 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3185 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3186 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3187 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3188 *
de5fad81
YD
3189 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3190 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3191 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3192 *
75a5f0cc 3193 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
8318d78a 3194 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
9050bdd8
KV
3195 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3196 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
de95a54b
JB
3197 * that power save is disabled.
3198 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3199 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3200 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3201 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3202 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3203 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3204 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
e1781ed3 3205 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3206 *
b856439b
EP
3207 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3208 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3209 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3210 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3211 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3212 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3213 * The callback can sleep.
3214 *
79f460ca
LC
3215 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3216 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3217 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3218 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3219 *
3220 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
37e3308c 3221 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
79f460ca 3222 *
80e775bf
MB
3223 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3224 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
a344d677
JB
3225 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3226 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3227 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3228 *
e1781ed3
KV
3229 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3230 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3231 * this notification.
3232 * The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3233 *
6dd1bf31
BC
3234 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3235 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
e1781ed3 3236 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3237 *
9352c19f
JB
3238 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3239 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3240 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
e1781ed3 3241 * The callback must be atomic.
75a5f0cc 3242 *
f23a4780 3243 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
f3fe4e93
SS
3244 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3245 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3246 * should be set as well.
f23a4780
AN
3247 * The callback can sleep.
3248 *
75a5f0cc 3249 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
e1781ed3 3250 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3251 *
34e89507
JB
3252 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3253 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3254 *
3255 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
6a9d1b91
JB
3256 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3257 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3258 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3259 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3260 * This callback can sleep.
34e89507 3261 *
77d2ece6
SM
3262 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3263 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
c7e9dbcf
JB
3264 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3265 * callback can sleep.
77d2ece6 3266 *
34e89507 3267 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
d057e5a3
AN
3268 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3269 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3270 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
4571d3bf 3271 *
f09603a2
JB
3272 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3273 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3274 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3275 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
6a9d1b91
JB
3276 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3277 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3278 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3279 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3280 * The callback can sleep.
3281 *
3282 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3283 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3284 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3285 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3286 * in @sta_state.
f09603a2
JB
3287 * The callback can sleep.
3288 *
8f727ef3
JB
3289 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3290 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3291 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3292 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3293 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3294 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3295 * Must be atomic.
f815e2b3
JB
3296 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3297 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3298 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
8f727ef3 3299 *
2b9a7e1b
JB
3300 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3301 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3302 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3303 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3304 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3305 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3306 * The callback can sleep.
3307 *
75a5f0cc 3308 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
fe3fa827 3309 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
6dd1bf31 3310 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
e1781ed3 3311 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3312 *
75a5f0cc 3313 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3b5d665b 3314 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3315 * required function.
e1781ed3 3316 * The callback can sleep.
3b5d665b
AF
3317 *
3318 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
ad24b0da 3319 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3320 * required function.
e1781ed3 3321 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3322 *
354d381b
PT
3323 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3324 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3325 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3326 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3327 * The callback can sleep.
3328 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3329 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3330 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3331 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3332 * TSF synchronization.
e1781ed3 3333 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3334 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3335 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3336 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3337 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
6dd1bf31 3338 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
e1781ed3 3339 * The callback can sleep.
d3c990fb 3340 *
4e8998f0
RD
3341 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3342 *
1f87f7d3
JB
3343 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3344 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3345 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
e1781ed3 3346 * The callback can sleep.
aff89a9b 3347 *
310bc676
LT
3348 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3349 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
a4bcaf55
LB
3350 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3351 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3352 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
310bc676 3353 *
52981cd7
DS
3354 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3355 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
71063f0e 3356 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
a80f7c0b
JB
3357 *
3358 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
39ecc01d
JB
3359 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3360 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3361 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3362 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
77be2c54 3363 * Note that vif can be NULL.
39ecc01d 3364 * The callback can sleep.
5ce6e438
JB
3365 *
3366 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3367 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3368 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3369 * completion of the channel switch.
4e6cbfd0 3370 *
79b1c460
BR
3371 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3372 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3373 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3374 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3375 *
3376 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
4976b4eb
JB
3377 *
3378 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3379 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3380 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3381 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3382 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3383 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
196ac1c1 3384 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
196ac1c1
JB
3385 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3386 * must be accepted in this case.
3387 * This callback may sleep.
4976b4eb
JB
3388 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3389 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
38c09159
JL
3390 *
3391 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3392 *
3393 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
e8306f98
VN
3394 *
3395 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3396 * queues before entering power save.
bdbfd6b5
SM
3397 *
3398 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3399 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3400 * The callback can sleep.
a8182929
EG
3401 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3402 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
6382246e 3403 * The callback must be atomic.
4049e09a
JB
3404 *
3405 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3406 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3407 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3408 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
e227867f 3409 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
4049e09a
JB
3410 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3411 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3412 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3413 * more-data bit must always be set.
3414 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3415 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
deeaee19
JB
3416 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3417 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3418 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3419 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3420 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3421 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
4049e09a
JB
3422 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3423 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3424 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
47086fc5
JB
3425 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3426 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
37fbd908 3427 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
e943789e 3428 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
4049e09a 3429 * This callback must be atomic.
40b96408
JB
3430 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3431 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3432 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
02f2f1a9 3433 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
40b96408
JB
3434 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3435 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3436 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3437 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
37fbd908 3438 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
e943789e 3439 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
40b96408
JB
3440 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3441 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3442 * This callback must be atomic.
e352114f
BG
3443 *
3444 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3445 *
3446 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3447 *
3448 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3449 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3450 *
a1845fc7
JB
3451 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3452 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3453 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3454 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3455 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3456 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3457 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3458 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3459 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
94ba9271
IP
3460 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3461 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3462 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
a1845fc7
JB
3463 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3464 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
d4e36e55
IP
3465 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3466 * duration for which the operation is requested.
a1845fc7 3467 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
c3645eac 3468 *
ee10f2c7
AN
3469 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3470 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3471 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3472 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3473 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3474 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3475 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3476 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3477 *
c3645eac 3478 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
dcae9e02 3479 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac 3480 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
dcae9e02 3481 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3482 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3483 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3484 * channel context with different settings
dcae9e02 3485 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3486 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3487 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
dcae9e02 3488 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3489 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3490 * unbound from vif.
dcae9e02 3491 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13
LC
3492 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3493 * another, as specified in the list of
3494 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3495 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
dcae9e02 3496 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13 3497 *
1041638f
JB
3498 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3499 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3500 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3501 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3502 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3503 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3504 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
9214ad7f 3505 *
cf2c92d8
EP
3506 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3507 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3508 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3509 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3510 * This callback may sleep.
8f21b0ad 3511 *
a65240c1
JB
3512 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3513 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3514 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
73da7d5b
SW
3515 *
3516 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3517 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3518 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
66e01cf9 3519 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
73da7d5b
SW
3520 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3521 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
66e01cf9 3522 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
73da7d5b 3523 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
66e01cf9
LC
3524 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3525 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
6d027bcc
LC
3526 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3527 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
9332ef9d 3528 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
6d027bcc 3529 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
f1d65583
LC
3530 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3531 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3532 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
73da7d5b 3533 *
55fff501
JB
3534 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3535 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3536 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3537 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
cca674d4
AQ
3538 *
3539 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3540 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3541 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
5b3dc42b
FF
3542 *
3543 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3544 * and hardware limits.
a7a6bdd0
AN
3545 *
3546 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3547 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3548 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3549 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3550 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3551 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3552 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3553 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3554 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
8a4d32f3
AN
3555 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3556 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3557 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3558 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3559 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3560 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3561 * the function call.
ba8c3d6f
FF
3562 *
3563 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
f59374eb
SS
3564 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3565 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3566 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3567 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
708d50ed
AB
3568 *
3569 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3570 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
5953ff6d
AB
3571 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3572 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3573 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3574 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3575 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3576 * changed parameters.
167e33f4
AB
3577 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3578 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3579 * this call.
3580 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3581 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3582 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
75a5f0cc 3583 */
f0706e82 3584struct ieee80211_ops {
36323f81
TH
3585 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3586 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3587 struct sk_buff *skb);
4150c572 3588 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4150c572 3589 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
eecc4800
JB
3590#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3591 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3592 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6d52563f 3593 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
eecc4800 3594#endif
f0706e82 3595 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3596 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
34d4bc4d
JB
3597 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3598 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2ca27bcf 3599 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
f0706e82 3600 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3601 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
e8975581 3602 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
471b3efd
JB
3603 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3604 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3605 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3606 u32 changed);
b2abb6e2 3607
1041638f
JB
3608 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3609 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3610
3ac64bee 3611 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
22bedad3 3612 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
4150c572
JB
3613 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3614 unsigned int changed_flags,
3615 unsigned int *total_flags,
3ac64bee 3616 u64 multicast);
1b09b556
AO
3617 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3618 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3619 unsigned int filter_flags,
3620 unsigned int changed_flags);
17741cdc
JB
3621 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3622 bool set);
ea49c359 3623 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
dc822b5d 3624 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
11a843b7 3625 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
9ae4fda3 3626 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
b3fbdcf4
JB
3627 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3628 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3629 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3630 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
c68f4b89
JB
3631 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3632 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3633 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
de5fad81
YD
3634 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3635 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
a060bbfe 3636 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
c56ef672 3637 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
b856439b
EP
3638 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3639 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
79f460ca
LC
3640 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3641 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3642 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
633e2713 3643 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
37e3308c 3644 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
79f460ca 3645 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
a344d677
JB
3646 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3647 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3648 const u8 *mac_addr);
3649 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3650 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82
JB
3651 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3652 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
9352c19f
JB
3653 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3654 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3655 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
f23a4780 3656 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
f0706e82 3657 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
34e89507
JB
3658 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3659 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3660 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3661 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
77d2ece6
SM
3662#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3663 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3664 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3665 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3666 struct dentry *dir);
77d2ece6 3667#endif
32bfd35d 3668 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc 3669 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
f09603a2
JB
3670 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3671 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3672 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3673 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
6a9d1b91
JB
3674 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3675 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3676 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8f727ef3
JB
3677 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3678 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3679 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3680 u32 changed);
f815e2b3
JB
3681 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3682 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3683 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
2b9a7e1b
JB
3684 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3685 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3686 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3687 struct station_info *sinfo);
8a3a3c85 3688 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a3304b0a 3689 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
f0706e82 3690 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
37a41b4a
EP
3691 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3692 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3693 u64 tsf);
354d381b
PT
3694 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3695 s64 offset);
37a41b4a 3696 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 3697 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
57eeb208
JB
3698
3699 /**
3700 * @ampdu_action:
3701 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3702 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3703 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3704 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3705 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3706 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3707 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3708 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3709 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3710 *
3711 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3712 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3713 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3714 *
3715 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3716 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3717 *
3718 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3719 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3720 * - ``TX: 81``
3721 *
3722 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3723 *
3724 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3725 * The callback can sleep.
3726 */
1b7d03ac 3727 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
c951ad35 3728 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
50ea05ef 3729 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
1289723e
HS
3730 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3731 struct survey_info *survey);
1f87f7d3 3732 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
a4bcaf55 3733 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
aff89a9b 3734#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
52981cd7
DS
3735 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3736 void *data, int len);
71063f0e
WYG
3737 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3738 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3739 void *data, int len);
aff89a9b 3740#endif
77be2c54
EG
3741 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3742 u32 queues, bool drop);
5ce6e438 3743 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
0f791eb4 3744 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5ce6e438 3745 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
15d96753
BR
3746 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3747 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
21f83589
JB
3748
3749 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
49884568 3750 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
21f83589 3751 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
d339d5ca
IP
3752 int duration,
3753 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
21f83589 3754 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
38c09159
JL
3755 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3756 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3757 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
e8306f98 3758 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
bdbfd6b5
SM
3759 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3760 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
a8182929
EG
3761 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3762 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3763 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
4049e09a 3764
40b96408
JB
3765 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3766 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3767 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3768 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3769 bool more_data);
4049e09a
JB
3770 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3771 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3772 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3773 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3774 bool more_data);
e352114f
BG
3775
3776 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3777 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3778 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3779 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3780 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3781 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3782 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3783 u32 sset, u8 *data);
a1845fc7
JB
3784
3785 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
d4e36e55
IP
3786 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3787 u16 duration);
c3645eac 3788
ee10f2c7
AN
3789 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3790 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3791
c3645eac
MK
3792 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3793 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3794 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3795 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3796 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3797 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3798 u32 changed);
3799 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3800 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3801 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3802 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3803 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3804 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
1a5f0c13
LC
3805 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3806 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3807 int n_vifs,
3808 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
9214ad7f 3809
cf2c92d8
EP
3810 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3811 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
a65240c1
JB
3812
3813#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3814 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3815 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3816 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3817#endif
73da7d5b
SW
3818 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3819 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3820 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6d027bcc
LC
3821 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3822 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3823 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
55fff501 3824
f1d65583
LC
3825 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3826 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3827
55fff501
JB
3828 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3829 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2439ca04
MA
3830 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3831 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
5b3dc42b
FF
3832 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3833 int *dbm);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3834
3835 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3836 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3837 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
3838 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8a4d32f3 3839 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3840 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3841 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3842 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8a4d32f3
AN
3843 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3844 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3845 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
ba8c3d6f 3846
e7881bd5
JB
3847 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3848 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f59374eb 3849 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
708d50ed
AB
3850
3851 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3852 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3853 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3854 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3855 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5953ff6d
AB
3856 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3857 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3858 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
167e33f4
AB
3859 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3860 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3861 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3862 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3863 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3864 u8 instance_id);
f0706e82
JB
3865};
3866
75a5f0cc 3867/**
ad28757e 3868 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
75a5f0cc
JB
3869 *
3870 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3871 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3872 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3873 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3874 * @priv_data_len.
3875 *
3876 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3877 * @ops: callbacks for this device
ad28757e
BG
3878 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
3879 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
0ae997dc
YB
3880 *
3881 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
f0706e82 3882 */
ad28757e
BG
3883struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
3884 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
3885 const char *requested_name);
3886
3887/**
3888 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
3889 *
3890 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3891 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3892 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3893 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3894 * @priv_data_len.
3895 *
3896 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3897 * @ops: callbacks for this device
3898 *
3899 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
3900 */
3901static inline
f0706e82 3902struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
ad28757e
BG
3903 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
3904{
3905 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
3906}
f0706e82 3907
75a5f0cc
JB
3908/**
3909 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
3910 *
dbbea671
JB
3911 * You must call this function before any other functions in
3912 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
3913 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
75a5f0cc
JB
3914 *
3915 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
0ae997dc
YB
3916 *
3917 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
75a5f0cc 3918 */
f0706e82
JB
3919int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3920
e1e54068
JB
3921/**
3922 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
3923 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
3924 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
3925 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
3926 */
3927struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
3928 int throughput;
3929 int blink_time;
3930};
3931
67408c8c
JB
3932/**
3933 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
3934 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
3935 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
3936 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
3937 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
3938 */
3939enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
3940 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
3941 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
3942 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
3943};
3944
f0706e82 3945#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
f5c4ae07
JB
3946const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3947const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3948const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3949const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3950const char *
3951__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3952 unsigned int flags,
3953 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
3954 unsigned int blink_table_len);
f0706e82 3955#endif
75a5f0cc
JB
3956/**
3957 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
3958 *
3959 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3960 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3961 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3962 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3963 *
3964 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3965 *
3966 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 3967 */
f5c4ae07 3968static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
3969{
3970#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3971 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
3972#else
3973 return NULL;
3974#endif
3975}
3976
75a5f0cc
JB
3977/**
3978 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
3979 *
3980 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3981 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3982 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3983 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3984 *
3985 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3986 *
3987 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 3988 */
f5c4ae07 3989static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
3990{
3991#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3992 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
3993#else
3994 return NULL;
3995#endif
3996}
3997
cdcb006f
ID
3998/**
3999 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4000 *
4001 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4002 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4003 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4004 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4005 *
4006 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4007 *
4008 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 4009 */
f5c4ae07 4010static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
47f0c502
MB
4011{
4012#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4013 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4014#else
4015 return NULL;
4016#endif
4017}
4018
cdcb006f
ID
4019/**
4020 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4021 *
4022 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4023 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4024 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4025 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4026 *
4027 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4028 *
4029 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 4030 */
f5c4ae07 4031static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
cdcb006f
ID
4032{
4033#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4034 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4035#else
4036 return NULL;
4037#endif
4038}
47f0c502 4039
e1e54068
JB
4040/**
4041 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4042 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
67408c8c 4043 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
e1e54068
JB
4044 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4045 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4046 *
0ae997dc
YB
4047 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4048 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4049 *
4050 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
e1e54068 4051 */
f5c4ae07 4052static inline const char *
67408c8c 4053ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
e1e54068
JB
4054 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4055 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4056{
4057#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
67408c8c 4058 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
e1e54068
JB
4059 blink_table_len);
4060#else
4061 return NULL;
4062#endif
4063}
4064
75a5f0cc
JB
4065/**
4066 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4067 *
4068 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4069 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4070 *
4071 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4072 */
f0706e82
JB
4073void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4074
75a5f0cc
JB
4075/**
4076 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4077 *
4078 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4079 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
6ef307bc 4080 * before calling this function.
75a5f0cc
JB
4081 *
4082 * @hw: the hardware to free
4083 */
f0706e82
JB
4084void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4085
f2753ddb
JB
4086/**
4087 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4088 *
4089 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4090 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4091 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4092 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4093 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4094 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4095 *
4096 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4097 */
4098void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4099
06d181a8 4100/**
af9f9b22 4101 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4102 *
af9f9b22
JB
4103 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4104 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4105 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4106 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4107 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4108 *
4109 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4110 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4111 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4112 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4113 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4114 *
4115 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4116 *
4117 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
d63b548f 4118 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
af9f9b22
JB
4119 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4120 * @napi: the NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4121 */
d63b548f
JB
4122void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4123 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4e6cbfd0 4124
75a5f0cc
JB
4125/**
4126 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4127 *
4128 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
e3cf8b3f
ZY
4129 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4130 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4131 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4132 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
75a5f0cc 4133 *
2485f710 4134 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
e36e49f7
KV
4135 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4136 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
f6b3d85f
FF
4137 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4138 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc 4139 *
e36e49f7 4140 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
d20ef63d 4141 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4142 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4143 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4144 */
af9f9b22
JB
4145static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4146{
d63b548f 4147 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
af9f9b22 4148}
75a5f0cc
JB
4149
4150/**
4151 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4152 *
4153 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
2485f710
JB
4154 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4155 *
e36e49f7 4156 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
f6b3d85f
FF
4157 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4158 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc
JB
4159 *
4160 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4161 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4162 */
f1d58c25 4163void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4164
e36e49f7
KV
4165/**
4166 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4167 *
4168 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4169 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4170 *
4171 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
f6b3d85f
FF
4172 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4173 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
e36e49f7
KV
4174 *
4175 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4176 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4177 */
4178static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4179 struct sk_buff *skb)
4180{
4181 local_bh_disable();
4182 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4183 local_bh_enable();
4184}
4185
d057e5a3
AN
4186/**
4187 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4188 *
4189 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4190 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4191 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4192 *
4193 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4194 *
4195 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4196 * each other.
4197 *
d057e5a3
AN
4198 * @sta: currently connected sta
4199 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4200 *
4201 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
d057e5a3
AN
4202 */
4203int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4204
4205/**
4206 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4207 * (in process context)
4208 *
4209 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4210 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4211 * applies.
4212 *
4213 * @sta: currently connected sta
4214 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4215 *
4216 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
d057e5a3
AN
4217 */
4218static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4219 bool start)
4220{
4221 int ret;
4222
4223 local_bh_disable();
4224 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4225 local_bh_enable();
4226
4227 return ret;
4228}
4229
46fa38e8
JB
4230/**
4231 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4232 * @sta: currently connected station
4233 *
4234 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4235 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4236 * connected station was received.
4237 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4238 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4239 * be serialized.
4240 */
4241void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4242
4243/**
4244 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4245 * @sta: currently connected station
4246 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4247 *
4248 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4249 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4250 * from a connected station was received.
4251 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4252 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4253 * serialized.
0aa419ec
EG
4254 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4255 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4256 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4257 * checks.
46fa38e8
JB
4258 */
4259void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4260
d24deb25
GW
4261/*
4262 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4263 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4264 */
651b9920 4265#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
d24deb25 4266
dcf55fb5 4267/**
042ec453 4268 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
bdfbe804 4269 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
042ec453
JB
4270 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4271 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
dcf55fb5
FF
4272 *
4273 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
042ec453
JB
4274 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4275 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
4276 *
4277 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4278 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4279 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4280 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4281 *
4282 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4283 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4284 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4285 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4286 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4287 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4288 *
4289 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4290 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4291 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4292 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4293 * use this API.
4294 */
4295void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4296 u8 tid, bool buffered);
dcf55fb5 4297
0d528d85
FF
4298/**
4299 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4300 *
4301 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4302 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4303 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4304 *
4305 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4306 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4307 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4308 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4309 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4310 */
4311void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4312 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4313 struct sk_buff *skb,
4314 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4315 int max_rates);
4316
484a54c2
THJ
4317/**
4318 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4319 *
4320 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4321 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4322 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4323 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4324 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4325 * slow stations to starve).
4326 *
4327 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4328 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4329 */
4330void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4331 u32 thr);
4332
75a5f0cc
JB
4333/**
4334 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4335 *
4336 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4337 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4338 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4339 *
2485f710
JB
4340 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4341 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
20ed3166 4342 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
f6b3d85f
FF
4343 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4344 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
2485f710 4345 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4346 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4347 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4348 */
f0706e82 4349void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4350 struct sk_buff *skb);
2485f710 4351
5fe49a9d
FF
4352/**
4353 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4354 *
4355 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4356 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4357 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4358 *
4359 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4360 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4361 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4362 *
4363 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4364 * @status: tx status information
4365 */
4366void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4367 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4368
f027c2ac
FF
4369/**
4370 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4371 *
4372 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4373 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4374 * specific skbs.
4375 *
4376 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4377 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4378 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4379 *
4380 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4381 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4382 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4383 * @info: tx status information
4384 */
5fe49a9d
FF
4385static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4386 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4387 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4388{
4389 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4390 .sta = sta,
4391 .info = info,
4392 };
4393
4394 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4395}
f027c2ac 4396
20ed3166
JS
4397/**
4398 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4399 *
4400 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4401 *
4402 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4403 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4404 * for a single hardware.
4405 *
4406 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4407 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4408 */
4409static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4410 struct sk_buff *skb)
4411{
4412 local_bh_disable();
4413 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4414 local_bh_enable();
4415}
4416
2485f710 4417/**
6ef307bc 4418 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
2485f710
JB
4419 *
4420 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4421 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4422 *
20ed3166
JS
4423 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4424 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
2485f710
JB
4425 *
4426 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4427 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
2485f710 4428 */
f0706e82 4429void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4430 struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4431
8178d38b
AN
4432/**
4433 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4434 *
4435 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4436 * connected STA.
4437 *
4438 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4439 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4440 */
4441void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4442
1af586c9
AO
4443#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4444
6ec8c332
AO
4445/**
4446 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4447 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4448 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
8d77ec85
LC
4449 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4450 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4451 * should be ignored.
6ec8c332
AO
4452 */
4453struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4454 u16 tim_offset;
4455 u16 tim_length;
1af586c9
AO
4456
4457 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
6ec8c332
AO
4458};
4459
4460/**
4461 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4462 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4463 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4464 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4465 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4466 *
4467 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4468 * obtain the beacon template.
4469 *
4470 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4471 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
1af586c9
AO
4472 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4473 * applicable, the CSA count.
6ec8c332
AO
4474 *
4475 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4476 *
4477 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4478 */
4479struct sk_buff *
4480ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4481 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4482 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4483
f0706e82 4484/**
eddcbb94 4485 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
f0706e82 4486 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4487 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4488 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4489 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4490 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4491 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4492 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4493 *
4494 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
6ec8c332 4495 * obtain the beacon frame.
f0706e82
JB
4496 *
4497 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
eddcbb94 4498 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
6ec8c332
AO
4499 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4500 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
eddcbb94
JB
4501 *
4502 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
0ae997dc
YB
4503 *
4504 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
eddcbb94
JB
4505 */
4506struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4507 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4508 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4509
4510/**
4511 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4512 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4513 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4514 *
4515 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
0ae997dc
YB
4516 *
4517 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
f0706e82 4518 */
eddcbb94
JB
4519static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4520 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4521{
4522 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4523}
f0706e82 4524
1af586c9
AO
4525/**
4526 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4527 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4528 *
4529 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4530 * This function is called implicitly when
4531 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4532 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4533 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4534 *
4535 * Return: new csa counter value
4536 */
4537u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4538
03737001
GG
4539/**
4540 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4541 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4542 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4543 *
4544 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4545 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4546 *
4547 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4548 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4549 */
4550void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4551
73da7d5b
SW
4552/**
4553 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4554 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4555 *
4556 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
66e01cf9 4557 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
73da7d5b
SW
4558 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4559 */
4560void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4561
4562/**
66e01cf9 4563 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
73da7d5b
SW
4564 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4565 *
4566 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4567 */
4568bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4569
4570
02945821
AN
4571/**
4572 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4573 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4574 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4575 *
4576 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4577 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4578 *
4579 * Can only be called in AP mode.
0ae997dc
YB
4580 *
4581 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
02945821
AN
4582 */
4583struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4584 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4585
7044cc56
KV
4586/**
4587 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4588 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4589 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4590 *
4591 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4592 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4593 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4594 *
4595 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4596 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
0ae997dc
YB
4597 *
4598 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4599 */
4600struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4601 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4602
4603/**
4604 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4605 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4606 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
7b6ddeaf
JB
4607 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4608 * if at all possible
7044cc56
KV
4609 *
4610 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4611 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4612 * BSSID and address is used.
4613 *
7b6ddeaf
JB
4614 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4615 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4616 *
7044cc56
KV
4617 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4618 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
0ae997dc
YB
4619 *
4620 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4621 */
4622struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
7b6ddeaf
JB
4623 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4624 bool qos_ok);
7044cc56 4625
05e54ea6
KV
4626/**
4627 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4628 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
a344d677 4629 * @src_addr: source MAC address
05e54ea6
KV
4630 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4631 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
b9a9ada1 4632 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
05e54ea6
KV
4633 *
4634 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4635 * hardware.
0ae997dc
YB
4636 *
4637 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
05e54ea6
KV
4638 */
4639struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a344d677 4640 const u8 *src_addr,
05e54ea6 4641 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
b9a9ada1 4642 size_t tailroom);
05e54ea6 4643
f0706e82
JB
4644/**
4645 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4646 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4647 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4648 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4649 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4650 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4651 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4652 *
4653 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4654 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4655 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4656 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4657 */
32bfd35d 4658void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4659 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4660 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4661 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4662
4663/**
4664 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4665 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4666 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4667 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
e039fa4a 4668 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4669 *
4670 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4671 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4672 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4673 *
4674 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4675 */
32bfd35d
JB
4676__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4677 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4678 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4679
4680/**
4681 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4682 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4683 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4684 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4685 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4686 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4687 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4688 *
4689 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4690 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4691 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4692 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4693 */
32bfd35d
JB
4694void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4695 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4696 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4697 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4698 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4699
4700/**
4701 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4702 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4703 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4704 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
e039fa4a 4705 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4706 *
4707 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4708 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4709 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4710 *
4711 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4712 */
32bfd35d
JB
4713__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4714 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4715 size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4716 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4717
4718/**
4719 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4720 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4721 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
d13e1414 4722 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
f0706e82 4723 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
8318d78a 4724 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
f0706e82
JB
4725 *
4726 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4727 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
0ae997dc
YB
4728 *
4729 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4730 */
32bfd35d
JB
4731__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4732 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
57fbcce3 4733 enum nl80211_band band,
f0706e82 4734 size_t frame_len,
8318d78a 4735 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
f0706e82
JB
4736
4737/**
4738 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4739 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4740 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4741 *
4742 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4743 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4744 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4745 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
0ae997dc
YB
4746 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4747 *
4748 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4749 * frames are available.
f0706e82
JB
4750 *
4751 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4752 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4753 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4754 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4755 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4756 * use common code for all beacons.
4757 */
4758struct sk_buff *
e039fa4a 4759ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 4760
42d98795
JB
4761/**
4762 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4763 *
4764 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4765 *
4766 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4767 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4768 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4769 */
4770void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4771 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4772
5d2cdcd4 4773/**
523b02ea
JB
4774 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
4775 *
4776 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4777 * from the given packet.
4778 *
4779 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4780 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4781 * with this P1K
4782 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4783 */
42d98795
JB
4784static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4785 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4786{
4787 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4788 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4789 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4790
4791 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4792}
523b02ea 4793
8bca5d81
JB
4794/**
4795 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4796 *
4797 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4798 * and transmitter address.
4799 *
4800 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4801 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4802 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4803 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4804 */
4805void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4806 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4807
523b02ea
JB
4808/**
4809 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5d2cdcd4 4810 *
523b02ea
JB
4811 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4812 * in the packet.
5d2cdcd4
EG
4813 *
4814 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
523b02ea
JB
4815 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
4816 * encrypted with this key
4817 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5d2cdcd4 4818 */
523b02ea
JB
4819void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4820 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
c68f4b89 4821
f8079d43
EP
4822/**
4823 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
4824 *
4825 * @pos: start of crypto header
4826 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4827 * @pn: PN to add
4828 *
4829 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
4830 * the packet payload)
4831 *
4832 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
4833 * point to the crypto header)
4834 */
4835u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
4836
3ea542d3
JB
4837/**
4838 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
4839 *
4840 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4841 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
3ea542d3
JB
4842 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4843 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4844 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
4845 *
4846 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
4847 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
4848 * by the device and not by mac80211.
4849 *
4850 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4851 * can be done concurrently.
4852 */
4853void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4854 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4855
27b3eb9c
JB
4856/**
4857 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
4858 *
4859 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4860 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
27b3eb9c
JB
4861 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4862 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4863 * @seq: new sequence data
4864 *
4865 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
4866 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
4867 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
4868 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
4869 *
4870 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4871 * can be done concurrently.
4872 */
4873void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4874 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4875
4876/**
4877 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
4878 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4879 *
4880 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
4881 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
4882 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
4883 *
4884 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
4885 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
4886 */
4887void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4888
4889/**
4890 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
4891 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
4892 * @keyconf: new key data
4893 *
4894 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
4895 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
4896 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
4897 *
4898 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
4899 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
4900 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
4901 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
4902 *
4903 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
4904 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
4905 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
4906 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
4907 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
4908 * of the reconfiguration.
4909 *
4910 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
4911 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
4912 *
4913 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
4914 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
4915 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
4916 * the key that's being replaced.
4917 */
4918struct ieee80211_key_conf *
4919ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4920 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4921
c68f4b89
JB
4922/**
4923 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
4924 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
4925 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
4926 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
4927 * @gfp: allocation flags
4928 */
4929void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
4930 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
4931
f0706e82
JB
4932/**
4933 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
4934 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4935 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4936 *
4937 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4938 */
4939void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4940
4941/**
4942 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
4943 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4944 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4945 *
4946 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4947 */
4948void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4949
92ab8535
TW
4950/**
4951 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
4952 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4953 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4954 *
4955 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
0ae997dc
YB
4956 *
4957 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
92ab8535
TW
4958 */
4959
4960int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4961
f0706e82
JB
4962/**
4963 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
4964 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4965 *
4966 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4967 */
4968void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4969
4970/**
4971 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
4972 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4973 *
4974 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4975 */
4976void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4977
75a5f0cc
JB
4978/**
4979 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
4980 *
4981 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
4982 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
8789d459
JB
4983 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
4984 * any context, including hardirq context.
75a5f0cc
JB
4985 *
4986 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
7947d3e0 4987 * @info: information about the completed scan
75a5f0cc 4988 */
7947d3e0
AS
4989void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4990 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
f0706e82 4991
79f460ca
LC
4992/**
4993 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
4994 *
4995 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
4996 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
4997 *
4998 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
4999 */
5000void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5001
5002/**
5003 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5004 *
5005 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5006 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5007 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5008 * while associating, for instance.
5009 *
5010 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5011 */
5012void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5013
8b2c9824
JB
5014/**
5015 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5016 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5017 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5018 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5019 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5020 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5021 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5022 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
3384d757 5023 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
8b2c9824
JB
5024 */
5025enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5026 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5027 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
3384d757 5028 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
8b2c9824
JB
5029};
5030
3384d757
AN
5031/**
5032 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5033 *
5034 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5035 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5036 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5037 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5038 *
5039 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5040 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5041 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5042 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5043 */
5044void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5045 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5046 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5047 void *data);
5048
dabeb344 5049/**
6ef307bc 5050 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
dabeb344
JB
5051 *
5052 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5053 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
2f561feb
ID
5054 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5055 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5056 * be used.
8b2c9824 5057 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
dabeb344
JB
5058 *
5059 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 5060 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb 5061 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
dabeb344
JB
5062 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5063 */
3384d757
AN
5064static inline void
5065ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5066 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5067 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5068 void *data)
5069{
5070 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5071 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5072 iterator, data);
5073}
dabeb344 5074
2f561feb
ID
5075/**
5076 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5077 *
5078 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5079 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5080 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5081 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
8b2c9824 5082 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
2f561feb
ID
5083 *
5084 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 5085 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb
ID
5086 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5087 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5088 */
5089void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
8b2c9824 5090 u32 iter_flags,
2f561feb
ID
5091 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5092 u8 *mac,
5093 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5094 void *data);
5095
c7c71066
JB
5096/**
5097 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5098 *
5099 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5100 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5101 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5102 *
5103 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5104 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5105 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5106 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5107 */
5108void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5109 u32 iter_flags,
5110 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5111 u8 *mac,
5112 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5113 void *data);
5114
0fc1e049
AN
5115/**
5116 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5117 *
5118 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5119 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5120 * function for them.
5121 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5122 *
5123 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5124 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5125 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5126 */
5127void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5128 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5129 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5130 void *data);
42935eca
LR
5131/**
5132 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5133 *
5134 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5135 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5136 *
5137 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5138 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5139 */
5140void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5141
5142/**
5143 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5144 *
5145 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5146 * workqueue.
5147 *
5148 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5149 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5150 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5151 */
5152void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5153 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5154 unsigned long delay);
5155
0df3ef45
RR
5156/**
5157 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5158 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
0df3ef45 5159 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
bd2ce6e4 5160 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
ea2d8b59
RD
5161 *
5162 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
0df3ef45
RR
5163 *
5164 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5165 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5166 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5167 */
bd2ce6e4
SM
5168int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5169 u16 timeout);
0df3ef45 5170
0df3ef45
RR
5171/**
5172 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5173 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5174 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5175 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5176 *
5177 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5178 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5179 * from any context.
0df3ef45 5180 */
c951ad35 5181void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5182 u16 tid);
5183
5184/**
5185 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5186 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
0df3ef45 5187 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
ea2d8b59 5188 *
6a8579d0 5189 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
0df3ef45
RR
5190 *
5191 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5192 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5193 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5194 */
6a8579d0 5195int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
0df3ef45 5196
0df3ef45
RR
5197/**
5198 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5199 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5200 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5201 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5202 *
5203 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5204 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5205 * can be called from any context.
0df3ef45 5206 */
c951ad35 5207void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5208 u16 tid);
5209
17741cdc
JB
5210/**
5211 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5212 *
5ed176e1 5213 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
17741cdc
JB
5214 * @addr: station's address
5215 *
0ae997dc
YB
5216 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5217 *
5218 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
17741cdc
JB
5219 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5220 */
5ed176e1 5221struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc
JB
5222 const u8 *addr);
5223
5ed176e1 5224/**
686b9cb9 5225 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5ed176e1
JB
5226 *
5227 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
686b9cb9
BG
5228 * @addr: remote station's address
5229 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5ed176e1 5230 *
0ae997dc
YB
5231 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5232 *
5233 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5ed176e1
JB
5234 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5235 *
686b9cb9
BG
5236 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5237 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5238 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5239 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5240 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5241 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5242 * is not reliable.
5ed176e1 5243 *
686b9cb9 5244 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5ed176e1 5245 */
686b9cb9
BG
5246struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5247 const u8 *addr,
5248 const u8 *localaddr);
5ed176e1 5249
af818581
JB
5250/**
5251 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5252 * @hw: the hardware
5253 * @pubsta: the station
5254 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5255 *
5256 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5257 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5258 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5259 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5260 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5261 *
5262 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5263 * manner.
5264 *
5265 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5266 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5267 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5268 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5269 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5270 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5271 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5272 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5273 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5274 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5275 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5276 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5277 * woke up while blocked or not.
5278 */
5279void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5280 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5281
37fbd908
JB
5282/**
5283 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5284 * @pubsta: the station
5285 *
5286 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5287 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5288 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5289 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5290 *
e943789e
JB
5291 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5292 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5293 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5294 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5295 *
5296 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5297 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5298 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5299 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
37fbd908 5300 */
e943789e 5301void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
37fbd908 5302
0ead2510
EG
5303/**
5304 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5305 * @pubsta: the station
5306 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5307 *
5308 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5309 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5310 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5311 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5312 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5313 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5314 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5315 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5316 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5317 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5318 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5319 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5320 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5321 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5322 */
5323void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5324
830af02f
JB
5325/**
5326 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5327 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5328 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5329 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5330 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5331 *
5332 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5333 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5334 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5335 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5336 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5337 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
f850e00f
JB
5338 *
5339 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5340 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5341 * set_key callback.
830af02f
JB
5342 */
5343void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5344 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5345 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5346 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5347 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5348 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5349 void *data),
5350 void *iter_data);
5351
ef044763
EP
5352/**
5353 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5354 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5355 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5356 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5357 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5358 *
5359 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5360 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5361 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5362 * in removal process will be skipped.
5363 *
5364 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5365 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5366 */
5367void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5368 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5369 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5370 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5371 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5372 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5373 void *data),
5374 void *iter_data);
5375
3448c005
JB
5376/**
5377 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5378 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5379 * @iter: iterator function
5380 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5381 *
5382 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5383 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5384 * places while calling into the driver.
5385 *
5386 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5387 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5388 * removed.
8a61af65
JB
5389 *
5390 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5391 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5392 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5393 * or not.
3448c005
JB
5394 */
5395void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5396 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5397 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5398 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5399 void *data),
5400 void *iter_data);
5401
a619a4c0
JO
5402/**
5403 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5404 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5405 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5406 *
5407 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5408 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5409 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5410 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5411 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
0ae997dc
YB
5412 * %NULL.
5413 *
5414 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
a619a4c0
JO
5415 */
5416struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5417 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5418
04de8381
KV
5419/**
5420 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5421 *
1ed32e4f 5422 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
04de8381 5423 *
c1288b12 5424 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
1e4dcd01 5425 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
04de8381
KV
5426 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5427 */
5428void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4b7679a5 5429
1e4dcd01
JO
5430/**
5431 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5432 *
5433 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5434 *
c1288b12 5435 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
1e4dcd01
JO
5436 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5437 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
682bd38b
JB
5438 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5439 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
1e4dcd01
JO
5440 *
5441 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5442 * without connection recovery attempts.
5443 */
5444void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5445
95acac61
JB
5446/**
5447 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5448 *
5449 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5450 *
5451 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5452 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5453 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5454 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5455 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5456 *
5457 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5458 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5459 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5460 * disconnect normally later.
5461 *
5462 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5463 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5464 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5465 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5466 */
5467void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f90754c1 5468
a97c13c3
JO
5469/**
5470 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5471 * rssi threshold triggered
5472 *
5473 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5474 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
769f07d8 5475 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
a97c13c3
JO
5476 * @gfp: context flags
5477 *
ea086359 5478 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
a97c13c3
JO
5479 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5480 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5481 */
5482void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5483 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
769f07d8 5484 s32 rssi_level,
a97c13c3
JO
5485 gfp_t gfp);
5486
98f03342
JB
5487/**
5488 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5489 *
5490 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5491 * @gfp: context flags
5492 */
5493void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5494
164eb02d
SW
5495/**
5496 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5497 *
5498 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5499 */
5500void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5501
5ce6e438
JB
5502/**
5503 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5504 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5505 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5506 *
5507 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5508 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5509 */
5510void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5511
d1f5b7a3
JB
5512/**
5513 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5514 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
633dd1ea 5515 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
d1f5b7a3
JB
5516 *
5517 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5518 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5519 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5520 */
5521void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5522 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5523
21f83589
JB
5524/**
5525 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5526 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5527 */
5528void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5529
5530/**
5531 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5532 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5533 */
5534void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5535
f41ccd71
SL
5536/**
5537 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5538 *
5539 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5540 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5541 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5542 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5543 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5544 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5545 *
5546 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5547 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5548 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5549 */
5550void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5551 const u8 *addr);
5552
06470f74
SS
5553/**
5554 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5555 * @pubsta: station struct
5556 * @tid: the session's TID
5557 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5558 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5559 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5560 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5561 *
5562 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5563 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5564 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5565 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5566 */
5567void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5568 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5569 u16 received_mpdus);
5570
8c771244
FF
5571/**
5572 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5573 *
5574 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5575 * buffer.
5576 *
5577 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5578 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5579 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5580 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5581 */
5582void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5583
1272c5d8
LC
5584/**
5585 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5586 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5587 * @addr: station mac address
5588 * @tid: the rx tid
5589 */
699cb58c 5590void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
1272c5d8 5591 unsigned int tid);
699cb58c 5592
08cf42e8
MK
5593/**
5594 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5595 *
5596 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5597 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5598 * reordering.
5599 *
5600 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5601 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5602 *
5603 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5604 * @addr: station mac address
5605 * @tid: the rx tid
5606 */
699cb58c
JB
5607static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5608 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5609{
5610 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5611 return;
5612 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5613}
08cf42e8
MK
5614
5615/**
5616 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5617 *
5618 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5619 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5620 * reordering.
5621 *
5622 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5623 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5624 *
5625 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5626 * @addr: station mac address
5627 * @tid: the rx tid
5628 */
699cb58c
JB
5629static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5630 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5631{
5632 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5633 return;
5634 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5635}
08cf42e8 5636
04c2cf34
NG
5637/**
5638 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5639 *
5640 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5641 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5642 *
5643 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5644 *
5645 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5646 * @addr: station mac address
5647 * @tid: the rx tid
5648 */
5649void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5650 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5651
4b7679a5 5652/* Rate control API */
e6a9854b 5653
4b7679a5 5654/**
e6a9854b
JB
5655 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
5656 *
5657 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5658 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5659 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
f44d4eb5
SW
5660 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5661 * to be filled in
e6a9854b
JB
5662 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5663 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5664 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5665 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5666 * RTS threshold
5667 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5668 * if the selected rate supports it
f44d4eb5 5669 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
2ffbe6d3 5670 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
8f0729b1 5671 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
e6a9854b
JB
5672 */
5673struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5674 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5675 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5676 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5677 struct sk_buff *skb;
5678 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5679 bool rts, short_preamble;
37eb0b16 5680 u32 rate_idx_mask;
2ffbe6d3 5681 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
8f0729b1 5682 bool bss;
4b7679a5
JB
5683};
5684
09b4a4fa
JB
5685/**
5686 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5687 */
5688enum rate_control_capabilities {
5689 /**
5690 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5691 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5692 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5693 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5694 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5695 */
5696 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5697};
5698
4b7679a5 5699struct rate_control_ops {
09b4a4fa 5700 unsigned long capa;
4b7679a5
JB
5701 const char *name;
5702 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
4b7679a5
JB
5703 void (*free)(void *priv);
5704
5705 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5706 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5707 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4b7679a5 5708 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
81cb7623 5709 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5710 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
64f68e5d
JB
5711 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5712 u32 changed);
4b7679a5
JB
5713 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5714 void *priv_sta);
5715
18fb84d9
FF
5716 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5717 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5718 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
4b7679a5
JB
5719 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5720 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5721 struct sk_buff *skb);
e6a9854b
JB
5722 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5723 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
4b7679a5
JB
5724
5725 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5726 struct dentry *dir);
5727 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
cca674d4
AQ
5728
5729 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
4b7679a5
JB
5730};
5731
5732static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
57fbcce3 5733 enum nl80211_band band,
4b7679a5
JB
5734 int index)
5735{
5736 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5737}
5738
4c6d4f5c
LR
5739/**
5740 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5741 *
5742 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5743 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5744 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5745 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5746 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5747 * not null.
5748 *
5749 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5750 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5751 *
5752 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5753 * that this may be null.
5754 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5755 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5756 */
5757bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5758 void *priv_sta,
5759 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5760
5761
4b7679a5
JB
5762static inline s8
5763rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5764 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5765{
5766 int i;
5767
5768 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5769 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5770 return i;
5771
5772 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
54d5026e 5773 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
4b7679a5 5774
54d5026e 5775 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
4b7679a5
JB
5776 return 0;
5777}
5778
b770b43e
LR
5779static inline
5780bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5781 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5782{
5783 unsigned int i;
5784
5785 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5786 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5787 return true;
5788 return false;
5789}
4b7679a5 5790
0d528d85
FF
5791/**
5792 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5793 *
5794 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5795 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5796 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5797 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5798 *
5799 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5800 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5801 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5802 */
5803int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5804 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
5805 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
5806
631ad703
JB
5807int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5808void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
4b7679a5 5809
10c806b3
LR
5810static inline bool
5811conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5812{
675a0b04 5813 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
10c806b3
LR
5814}
5815
5816static inline bool
5817conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5818{
675a0b04
KB
5819 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5820 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
5821}
5822
5823static inline bool
5824conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5825{
675a0b04
KB
5826 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5827 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
5828}
5829
5830static inline bool
5831conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5832{
675a0b04 5833 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
10c806b3
LR
5834}
5835
5836static inline bool
5837conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5838{
041f607d
RL
5839 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
5840 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
5841 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
10c806b3
LR
5842}
5843
2ca27bcf
JB
5844static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5845ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
5846{
5847 if (p2p) {
5848 switch (type) {
5849 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
5850 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
5851 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
5852 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
5853 default:
5854 break;
5855 }
5856 }
5857 return type;
5858}
5859
5860static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5861ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
5862{
5863 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
5864}
5865
65554d07
SS
5866/**
5867 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
5868 *
5869 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5870 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
5871 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
5872 *
5873 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
5874 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
5875 * matching GroupId management frame.
5876 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
5877 */
5878void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5879 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
5880
615f7b9b
MV
5881void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5882 int rssi_min_thold,
5883 int rssi_max_thold);
5884
5885void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
768db343 5886
0d8a0a17 5887/**
0ae997dc 5888 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
0d8a0a17
WYG
5889 *
5890 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5891 *
0ae997dc
YB
5892 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
5893 *
5894 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
5895 * applicable.
0d8a0a17 5896 */
1dae27f8
WYG
5897int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5898
cd8f7cb4
JB
5899/**
5900 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
5901 * @vif: virtual interface
5902 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
5903 * @gfp: allocation flags
5904 *
5905 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
5906 */
5907void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5908 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
5909 gfp_t gfp);
5910
06be6b14
FF
5911/**
5912 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
5913 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5914 * @vif: virtual interface
5915 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
5916 * @band: the band to transmit on
5917 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
5918 *
5919 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
5920 */
5921bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5922 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
5923 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
5924
a7022e65
FF
5925/**
5926 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
5927 *
5928 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
5929 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
5930 *
5931 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
5932 *
5933 * private:
5934 *
5935 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
5936 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
5937 */
5938struct ieee80211_noa_data {
5939 u32 next_tsf;
5940 bool has_next_tsf;
5941
5942 u8 absent;
5943
5944 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5945 struct {
5946 u32 start;
5947 u32 duration;
5948 u32 interval;
5949 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5950};
5951
5952/**
5953 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
5954 *
5955 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
5956 * @data: NoA tracking data
5957 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5958 *
5959 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
5960 */
5961int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
5962 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5963
5964/**
5965 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
5966 *
5967 * @data: NoA tracking data
5968 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5969 */
5970void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5971
c887f0d3
AN
5972/**
5973 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
5974 * @vif: virtual interface
5975 * @peer: the peer's destination address
5976 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
5977 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
5978 * @gfp: allocation flags
5979 *
5980 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
5981 */
5982void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
5983 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
5984 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
a7f3a768 5985
b6da911b
LK
5986/**
5987 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
5988 *
5989 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
5990 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
5991 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
5992 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
5993 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
5994 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
5995 *
5996 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
5997 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
5998 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
5999 *
6000 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6001 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6002 *
6003 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6004 */
6005int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6006
6007/**
6008 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6009 *
6010 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6011 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6012 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6013 *
6014 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6015 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6016 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6017 *
6018 * @sta: the station
6019 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6020 */
6021void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6022
ba8c3d6f
FF
6023/**
6024 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6025 *
6026 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
e7881bd5 6027 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
ba8c3d6f
FF
6028 *
6029 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
6030 */
6031struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6032 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f2ac7e30
MK
6033
6034/**
6035 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6036 *
6037 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6038 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6039 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6040 *
6041 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6042 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6043 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6044 */
6045void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6046 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6047 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
167e33f4
AB
6048
6049/**
6050 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6051 *
6052 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6053 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6054 *
6055 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6056 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6057 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6058 * @gfp: allocation flags
6059 */
6060void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6061 u8 inst_id,
6062 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6063 gfp_t gfp);
92bc43bc
AB
6064
6065/**
6066 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6067 *
6068 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6069 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6070 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6071 *
6072 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6073 * @match: match event information
6074 * @gfp: allocation flags
6075 */
6076void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6077 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6078 gfp_t gfp);
6079
f0706e82 6080#endif /* MAC80211_H */